]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texinfo
gas/
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b40bf0a2 2@c Copyright 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b40bf0a2 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b40bf0a2 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 241 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
242 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
243 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
244@c
245@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 246@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
247@ifset AARCH64
248
249@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
250 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
251@end ifset
625e1353
RH
252@ifset ALPHA
253
254@emph{Target Alpha options:}
255 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
256 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 257 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
258 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
259 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
260@end ifset
252b5132 261@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
262
263@emph{Target ARC options:}
264 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
265 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
266@end ifset
267@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
268
269@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 270@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
271 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
272 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
273 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
274 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 275 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 276 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
277 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
278 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
279 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 280 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 281@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
282@ifset Blackfin
283
284@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
285 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
286 [@b{-mfdpic}]
287 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
288 [@b{-mnopic}]
289@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
290@ifset CRIS
291
292@emph{Target CRIS options:}
293 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
294 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
295 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 296 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
297@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
298@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
299@end ifset
252b5132 300@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
301
302@emph{Target D10V options:}
303 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
304@end ifset
305@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
306
307@emph{Target D30V options:}
308 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 309@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
310@ifset EPIPHANY
311
312@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
313 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
314@end ifset
252b5132 315@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
316
317@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
318 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
319@end ifset
320@ifset HPPA
321@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
322@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
323@ifset I80386
324
325@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 326 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 327 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
328@end ifset
329@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
330
331@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 332@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
333 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
334 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
335 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 336@end ifset
587fe2b3 337@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 338
9e32ca89
NC
339@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
340 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
341 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
342 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 343 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 344 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 345 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
346 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
347@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
348@ifset IP2K
349
350@emph{Target IP2K options:}
351 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
352@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
353@ifset M32C
354
355@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 356 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 357@end ifset
587fe2b3 358@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 359
a4fb0134
SC
360@emph{Target M32R options:}
361 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 362 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 363@end ifset
252b5132 364@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
365
366@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
367 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 368@end ifset
60bcf0fa 369@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
370
371@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 372 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
373 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
374 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 375 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
376 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
377 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
378@end ifset
379@ifset MCORE
380
381@emph{Target MCORE options:}
382 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
383 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 384@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
385@ifset METAG
386
387@emph{Target Meta options:}
388 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
389@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
390@ifset MICROBLAZE
391@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
392@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
393@end ifset
252b5132 394@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
395
396@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 397 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 398 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 399 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
400 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
401 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 402 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 403 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
404 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
405 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 406 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 407 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 408 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 409 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 410 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 411 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 412 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 413 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 414 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
2babba43
MR
415 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
416 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
417 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 418 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 419 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
420@end ifset
421@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
422
423@emph{Target MMIX options:}
424 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
425 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
426 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 427 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 428@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
429@ifset NIOSII
430
431@emph{Target Nios II options:}
432 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
433 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
434@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
435@ifset PDP11
436
437@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
438 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
439 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 440 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
441@end ifset
442@ifset PJ
443
444@emph{Target picoJava options:}
445 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
446@end ifset
447@ifset PPC
448
449@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
450 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
451 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
452 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 453 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 454 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
455 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
456 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 457 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
458 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
459 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 460 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 461 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 462@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
463@ifset RX
464
465@emph{Target RX options:}
466 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 467 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
468 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
469 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
470 [@b{-mpid}]
471 [@b{-mrelax}]
472 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
473 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 474@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
475@ifset S390
476
477@emph{Target s390 options:}
478 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
479 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
480 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
481@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
482@ifset SCORE
483
484@emph{Target SCORE options:}
485 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
486 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
487 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
488 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
489@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
490@ifset SPARC
491
492@emph{Target SPARC options:}
493@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
494 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
495 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
496 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
497 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
498@end ifset
499@ifset TIC54X
500
501@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 502 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
503 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
504@end ifset
3c9b82ba 505
40b36596
JM
506@ifset TIC6X
507
508@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
509 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
510 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
511 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 512@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
513@ifset TILEGX
514
515@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 516 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
517@end ifset
518@ifset TILEPRO
519@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
520@end ifset
40b36596 521
2d8b84ae
SA
522@ifset XTENSA
523
524@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
525 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
526 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
527 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
528 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
529@end ifset
530
3c9b82ba
NC
531@ifset Z80
532
533@emph{Target Z80 options:}
534 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
535 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
536 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
537 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
538 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
539 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
540 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
541@end ifset
542
a4fb0134
SC
543@ifset Z8000
544@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 545@end ifset
e0001a05 546
0285c67d 547@c man end
252b5132
RH
548@end smallexample
549
0285c67d
NC
550@c man begin OPTIONS
551
a4fb0134 552@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 553@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 554
83f10cb2 555@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
556Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
557
a4fb0134 558@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
559@item -ac
560omit false conditionals
561
562@item -ad
563omit debugging directives
564
83f10cb2
NC
565@item -ag
566include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
567
252b5132
RH
568@item -ah
569include high-level source
570
571@item -al
572include assembly
573
574@item -am
575include macro expansions
576
577@item -an
578omit forms processing
579
580@item -as
581include symbols
582
583@item =file
584set the name of the listing file
585@end table
586
587You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
588listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
589the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
590
caa32fe5 591@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
592Begin in alternate macro mode.
593@ifclear man
594@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
595@end ifclear
caa32fe5 596
955974c6
CC
597@item --compress-debug-sections
598Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
599to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
600compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
601
602@item --nocompress-debug-sections
603Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
604
252b5132
RH
605@item -D
606Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
607other assemblers.
608
3d6b762c
JM
609@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
610When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
611information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
612
252b5132
RH
613@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
614Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
615@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
616indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
617value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
618use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
619
620@item -f
621``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
622compiler output).
623
329e276d
NC
624@item -g
625@itemx --gen-debug
626Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
627debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
628ECOFF or DWARF2.
629
252b5132
RH
630@item --gstabs
631Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
632may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
633
05da4302
NC
634@item --gstabs+
635Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
636extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
637debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
638may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
639the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
640
329e276d 641@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 642Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 643may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 644option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 645
b40bf0a2
NC
646@item --gdwarf-sections
647Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
648.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
649corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
650will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
651@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
652then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
653suffix.
654
21be61f5
L
655@item --size-check=error
656@itemx --size-check=warning
657Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
658
252b5132
RH
659@item --help
660Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
661
ea20a7da
CC
662@item --target-help
663Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
664
252b5132
RH
665@item -I @var{dir}
666Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
667
668@item -J
669Don't warn about signed overflow.
670
671@item -K
672@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
673This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
674@end ifclear
675@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
676Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
677@end ifset
678
679@item -L
680@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
681Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
682system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
683or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
684@ifclear man
685@xref{Symbol Names}.
686@end ifclear
252b5132 687
c3a27914
NC
688@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
689Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
690listing to @var{number}.
691
692@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
693Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
694lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
695
696@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
697Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
698@var{number} bytes.
699
700@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
701Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
702to @var{number} + 1.
703
252b5132 704@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 705Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
706
707@item -R
708Fold the data section into the text section.
709
4bdd3565
NC
710@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
711Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
712@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
713assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
714memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
715requirements at the expense of speed.
716
717@item --reduce-memory-overheads
718This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
719assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
720@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
721
252b5132
RH
722@item --statistics
723Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
724assembly.
725
726@item --strip-local-absolute
727Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
728
729@item -v
730@itemx -version
a4fb0134 731Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
732
733@item --version
a4fb0134 734Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
735
736@item -W
2bdd6cf5 737@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
738Suppress warning messages.
739
2bdd6cf5
GK
740@item --fatal-warnings
741Treat warnings as errors.
742
743@item --warn
744Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
745
252b5132
RH
746@item -w
747Ignored.
748
749@item -x
750Ignored.
751
752@item -Z
753Generate an object file even after errors.
754
755@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
756Standard input, or source files to assemble.
757
758@end table
2a633939
JM
759@c man end
760
a06ea964
NC
761@ifset AARCH64
762
763@ifclear man
764@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
765for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
766@end ifclear
767
768@ifset man
769@c man begin OPTIONS
770The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
77164-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
772@c man end
773@c man begin INCLUDE
774@include c-aarch64.texi
775@c ended inside the included file
776@end ifset
777
778@end ifset
779
2a633939
JM
780@ifset ALPHA
781
782@ifclear man
783@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
784for an Alpha processor.
785@end ifclear
786
787@ifset man
788@c man begin OPTIONS
789The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
790processor.
791@c man end
792@c man begin INCLUDE
793@include c-alpha.texi
794@c ended inside the included file
795@end ifset
796
797@end ifset
252b5132 798
2a633939 799@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
800@ifset ARC
801The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
802an ARC processor.
803
a4fb0134 804@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
805@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
806This option selects the core processor variant.
807@item -EB | -EL
808Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
809@end table
810@end ifset
811
812@ifset ARM
813The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
814processor family.
815
a4fb0134 816@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 817@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 818Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 819@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 820Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 821@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 822Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
823@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
824Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
825@item -mthumb
826Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 827@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
828Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
829@item -EB | -EL
830Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
831@item -mthumb-interwork
832Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
833ARM code in mind.
834@item -k
835Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
836@end table
837@end ifset
635fb38d 838@c man end
252b5132 839
9982501a 840@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
841
842@ifclear man
843@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
844configured for the Blackfin processor family.
845@end ifclear
846
847@ifset man
848@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
849The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
850the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
851@c man end
852@c man begin INCLUDE
853@include c-bfin.texi
854@c ended inside the included file
855@end ifset
9982501a 856
9982501a
JZ
857@end ifset
858
635fb38d 859@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
860@ifset CRIS
861See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
862@end ifset
863
252b5132
RH
864@ifset D10V
865The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
866a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 867@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
868@cindex D10V optimization
869@cindex optimization, D10V
870@item -O
871Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
872@end table
873@end ifset
874
875@ifset D30V
876The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
877processor.
a4fb0134 878@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
879@cindex D30V optimization
880@cindex optimization, D30V
881@item -O
882Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
883
884@cindex D30V nops
885@item -n
886Warn when nops are generated.
887
888@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
889@item -N
890Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
891@end table
892@end ifset
731caf76
L
893@c man end
894
cfb8c092
NC
895@ifset EPIPHANY
896The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
897Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
898
56b13185
JR
899@ifclear man
900@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
901configured for an Epiphany processor.
902@end ifclear
cfb8c092 903
56b13185
JR
904@ifset man
905@c man begin OPTIONS
906The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
907an Epiphany processor.
908@c man end
909@c man begin INCLUDE
910@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
911@c ended inside the included file
912@end ifset
913
914@end ifset
915
916@ifset H8300
917
918@ifclear man
919@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
920for an H8/300 processor.
921@end ifclear
922
923@ifset man
924@c man begin OPTIONS
925The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
926processor.
927@c man end
928@c man begin INCLUDE
929@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
930@c ended inside the included file
931@end ifset
cfb8c092 932
cfb8c092
NC
933@end ifset
934
731caf76 935@ifset I80386
252b5132 936
731caf76
L
937@ifclear man
938@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
939configured for an i386 processor.
940@end ifclear
941
942@ifset man
943@c man begin OPTIONS
944The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
945an i386 processor.
946@c man end
947@c man begin INCLUDE
948@include c-i386.texi
949@c ended inside the included file
950@end ifset
951
952@end ifset
953
954@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
955@ifset I960
956The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
957Intel 80960 processor.
958
a4fb0134 959@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
960@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
961Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
962
963@item -b
964Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
965
966@item -no-relax
967Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
968error if necessary.
969
970@end table
971@end ifset
972
a40cbfa3
NC
973@ifset IP2K
974The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 975Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
976
977@table @gcctabopt
978
979@item -mip2022ext
980Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
981
982@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 983Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
984just the basic IP2022 ones.
985
986@end table
987@end ifset
988
49f58d10
JB
989@ifset M32C
990The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
991Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
992
993@table @gcctabopt
994
995@item -m32c
996Assemble M32C instructions.
997
998@item -m16c
999Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1000
c54b5932
DD
1001@item -relax
1002Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1003
1004@item -h-tick-hex
1005Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1006
49f58d10
JB
1007@end table
1008@end ifset
1009
ec694b89
NC
1010@ifset M32R
1011The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1012Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1013
a4fb0134 1014@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1015
1016@item --m32rx
1017Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1018is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1019
1020@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1021Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1022encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1023
1024@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1025Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1026encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1027
1028@end table
1029@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1030
1031@ifset M680X0
1032The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1033Motorola 68000 series.
1034
a4fb0134 1035@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1036
1037@item -l
1038Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1039
0285c67d
NC
1040@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1041@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1042@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1043Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1044is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1045
1046@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1047The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1048The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1049the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1050two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1051coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1052
1053@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1054The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1055unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1056
1057@end table
1058@end ifset
1059
36591ba1
SL
1060@ifset NIOSII
1061
1062@ifclear man
1063@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1064for an Altera Nios II processor.
1065@end ifclear
1066
1067@ifset man
1068@c man begin OPTIONS
1069The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1070Altera Nios II processor.
1071@c man end
1072@c man begin INCLUDE
1073@include c-nios2.texi
1074@c ended inside the included file
1075@end ifset
1076@end ifset
1077
e135f41b
NC
1078@ifset PDP11
1079
1080For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1081see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1082
a4fb0134 1083@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1084@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1085Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1086default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1087
1088@item -mall
1089@itemx -mall-extensions
1090Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1091
1092@item -mno-extensions
1093Disable all instruction set extensions.
1094
1095@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1096Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1097
1098@item -m@var{cpu}
1099Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1100disable all other extensions.
1101
1102@item -m@var{machine}
1103Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1104model, and disable all other extensions.
1105@end table
1106
1107@end ifset
1108
041dd5a9
ILT
1109@ifset PJ
1110The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1111a picoJava processor.
1112
a4fb0134 1113@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1114
1115@cindex PJ endianness
1116@cindex endianness, PJ
1117@cindex big endian output, PJ
1118@item -mb
1119Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1120
1121@cindex little endian output, PJ
1122@item -ml
1123Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1124
1125@end table
1126@end ifset
1127
60bcf0fa
NC
1128@ifset M68HC11
1129The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1130Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1131
a4fb0134 1132@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1133
6927f982 1134@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1135Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1136defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1137
6927f982
NC
1138@item --xgate-ramoffset
1139Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1140XGATE address space.
1141
2f904664
SC
1142@item -mshort
1143Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1144
1145@item -mlong
01642c12 1146Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1147
1148@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1149Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1150
1151@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1152Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1153
1370e33d 1154@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1155Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1156conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1157sub routine.
1158
1370e33d
NC
1159@item -S | --short-branches
1160Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1161when the offset is out of range.
1162
1163@item --strict-direct-mode
1164Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1165when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1166
1167@item --print-insn-syntax
1168Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1169
1170@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1171Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1172
1173@item --generate-example
6927f982 1174Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1175This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1176
1177@end table
1178@end ifset
1179
252b5132 1180@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1181The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1182for the SPARC architecture:
1183
a4fb0134 1184@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1185@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1186@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1187Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1188
1189@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1190@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1191
1192@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1193UltraSPARC extensions.
1194
1195@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1196For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1197equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1198
1199@item -bump
1200Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1201@end table
1202@end ifset
1203
39bec121
TW
1204@ifset TIC54X
1205The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1206architecture.
39bec121 1207
a4fb0134 1208@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1209@item -mfar-mode
1210Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1211extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1212@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1213Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1214@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1215Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1216behaviour in the shell.
1217@end table
1218@end ifset
1219
252b5132
RH
1220@ifset MIPS
1221The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1222a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1223
a4fb0134 1224@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1225@item -G @var{num}
1226This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1227implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1228use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1229
1230@cindex MIPS endianness
1231@cindex endianness, MIPS
1232@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1233@item -EB
1234Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1235
1236@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1237@item -EL
1238Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1239
1240@cindex MIPS ISA
1241@item -mips1
1242@itemx -mips2
1243@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1244@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1245@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1246@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1247@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1248@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1249@itemx -mips64r2
98508b2a 1250Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1251@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1252alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1253@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1254@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1255@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1256correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1257@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1258and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1259ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1260
98508b2a
RS
1261@item -march=@var{cpu}
1262Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1263
1264@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1265Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1266
1267@item -mfix7000
1268@itemx -mno-fix7000
1269Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1270of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1271
ecb4347a
DJ
1272@item -mdebug
1273@itemx -no-mdebug
1274Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1275section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1276
dcd410fe
RO
1277@item -mpdr
1278@itemx -mno-pdr
1279Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1280
437ee9d5
TS
1281@item -mgp32
1282@itemx -mfp32
1283The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1284flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1285all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1286and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1287
1288@item -mips16
1289@itemx -no-mips16
1290Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1291@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1292turns off this option.
252b5132 1293
df58fc94
RS
1294@item -mmicromips
1295@itemx -mno-micromips
1296Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1297@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1298turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1299at the start of the assembly file.
1300
e16bfa71
TS
1301@item -msmartmips
1302@itemx -mno-smartmips
1303Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1304equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1305@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1306
1f25f5d3
CD
1307@item -mips3d
1308@itemx -no-mips3d
1309Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1310This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1311@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1312
deec1734
CD
1313@item -mdmx
1314@itemx -no-mdmx
1315Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1316This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1317@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1318
2ef2b9ae
CF
1319@item -mdsp
1320@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1321Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1322This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1323@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1324
8b082fb1
TS
1325@item -mdspr2
1326@itemx -mno-dspr2
1327Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1328This option implies -mdsp.
1329This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1330@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1331
ef2e4d86
CF
1332@item -mmt
1333@itemx -mno-mt
1334Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1335This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1336@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1337
dec0624d
MR
1338@item -mmcu
1339@itemx -mno-mcu
1340Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1341This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1342@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1343
437ee9d5
TS
1344@item --construct-floats
1345@itemx --no-construct-floats
1346The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1347double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1348value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1349the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1350selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1351
3bf0dbfb
MR
1352@item --relax-branch
1353@itemx --no-relax-branch
1354The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1355branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1356out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1357
252b5132
RH
1358@cindex emulation
1359@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1360This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1361for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1362between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1363debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1364endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1365@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1366@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1367of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1368the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1369in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1370selection in any case.
1371
1372This option is currently supported only when the primary target
98508b2a 1373@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a MIPS ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1374Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1375@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1376the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1377configuration includes support for both.
1378
1379Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1380fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1381more processors.
1382
1383@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1384@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1385the native tools.
1386
252b5132
RH
1387@item --trap
1388@itemx --no-trap
1389@itemx --break
1390@itemx --no-break
1391Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1392@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1393(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1394@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1395break exception.
63486801
L
1396
1397@item -n
a4fb0134 1398When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1399time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1400@end table
1401@end ifset
1402
1403@ifset MCORE
1404The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1405an MCore processor.
1406
a4fb0134 1407@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1408@item -jsri2bsr
1409@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1410Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1411The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1412
1413@item -sifilter
1414@itemx -nosifilter
1415Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1416The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1417
1418@item -relax
1419Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1420
ec694b89
NC
1421@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1422Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1423can be assembled.
1424
1425@item -EB
1426Assemble for a big endian target.
1427
1428@item -EL
1429Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1430
1431@end table
1432@end ifset
a3c62988 1433@c man end
252b5132 1434
a3c62988
NC
1435@ifset METAG
1436
1437@ifclear man
1438@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1439for a Meta processor.
1440@end ifclear
1441
1442@ifset man
1443@c man begin OPTIONS
1444The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1445Meta processor.
1446@c man end
1447@c man begin INCLUDE
1448@include c-metag.texi
1449@c ended inside the included file
1450@end ifset
1451
1452@end ifset
1453
1454@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1455@ifset MMIX
1456See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1457@end ifset
1458
635fb38d 1459@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1460@ifset PPC
1461
1462@ifclear man
1463@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1464for a PowerPC processor.
1465@end ifclear
1466
1467@ifset man
1468@c man begin OPTIONS
1469The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1470PowerPC processor.
1471@c man end
1472@c man begin INCLUDE
1473@include c-ppc.texi
1474@c ended inside the included file
1475@end ifset
1476
1477@end ifset
1478
635fb38d 1479@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1480@ifset RX
1481See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1482@end ifset
1483
11c19e16
MS
1484@ifset S390
1485The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1486processor family.
1487
1488@table @gcctabopt
1489@item -m31
1490@itemx -m64
1491Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1492@item -mesa
1493@item -mzarch
1494Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1495Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1496@item -march=@var{processor}
1497Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779
AK
1498@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1499@samp{z196}, or @samp{zEC12}.
11c19e16
MS
1500@item -mregnames
1501@itemx -mno-regnames
1502Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1503@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1504Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1505but evaluates to zero.
1506@end table
1507@end ifset
2a633939 1508@c man end
11c19e16 1509
40b36596 1510@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1511
1512@ifclear man
1513@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1514for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1515@end ifclear
1516
1517@ifset man
1518@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1519The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1520TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1521@c man end
1522@c man begin INCLUDE
1523@include c-tic6x.texi
1524@c ended inside the included file
1525@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1526
1527@end ifset
1528
aa137e4d
NC
1529@ifset TILEGX
1530
1531@ifclear man
1532@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1533for a TILE-Gx processor.
1534@end ifclear
1535
1536@ifset man
1537@c man begin OPTIONS
1538The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1539processor.
1540@c man end
1541@c man begin INCLUDE
1542@include c-tilegx.texi
1543@c ended inside the included file
1544@end ifset
1545
1546@end ifset
1547
e0001a05 1548@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1549
2d8b84ae
SA
1550@ifclear man
1551@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1552for an Xtensa processor.
1553@end ifclear
1554
1555@ifset man
1556@c man begin OPTIONS
1557The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1558Xtensa processor.
1559@c man end
1560@c man begin INCLUDE
1561@include c-xtensa.texi
1562@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1563@end ifset
1564
2d8b84ae
SA
1565@end ifset
1566
1567@c man begin OPTIONS
1568
3c9b82ba
NC
1569@ifset Z80
1570The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1571a Z80 family processor.
1572@table @gcctabopt
1573@item -z80
1574Assemble for Z80 processor.
1575@item -r800
1576Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1577@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1578@itemx -Wnud
1579Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1580@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1581@itemx -Wnup
1582Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1583@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1584@itemx -Wud
1585Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1586@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1587@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1588Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1589@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1590@itemx -Fud
1591Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1592@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1593@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1594Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1595@end table
1596@end ifset
1597
0285c67d
NC
1598@c man end
1599
252b5132
RH
1600@menu
1601* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1602* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1603* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1604* Command Line:: Command Line
1605* Input Files:: Input Files
1606* Object:: Output (Object) File
1607* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1608@end menu
1609
1610@node Manual
1611@section Structure of this Manual
1612
1613@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1614This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1615@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1616notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1617@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1618
1619@ifclear GENERIC
1620We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1621configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1622@end ifclear
1623@ifset GENERIC
1624This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1625various flavors of the assembler.
1626@end ifset
1627
1628@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1629On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1630to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1631In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1632architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1633mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1634particular architecture.
1635@ifset GENERIC
1636You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1637machine architecture manual for this information.
1638@end ifset
1639@ifclear GENERIC
1640@ifset H8/300
1641For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1642Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1643Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1644@end ifset
252b5132 1645@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1646For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1647see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1648@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1649@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1650@end ifset
1651@ifset Z8000
1652For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1653@end ifset
1654@end ifclear
1655
1656@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1657@ignore
1658Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1659the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1660Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1661computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1662once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1663qualification.
1664
a4fb0134 1665@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1666human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1667computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1668@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1669@end ignore
1670
1671@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1672@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1673@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1674@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1675@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1676@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1677@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1678@c directives).
1679
1680@node GNU Assembler
1681@section The GNU Assembler
1682
0285c67d
NC
1683@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1684
a4fb0134 1685@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1686@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1687This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1688configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1689@end ifclear
1690If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1691should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1692architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1693including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1694@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1695
1696@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1697@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1698@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1699@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1700assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1701machine would assemble.
1702@ifset VAX
1703Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1704@end ifset
1705@ifset M680X0
1706@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1707@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1708This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1709assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1710incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1711@end ifset
1712
0285c67d
NC
1713@c man end
1714
a4fb0134 1715Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1716program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1717@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1718
1719@node Object Formats
1720@section Object File Formats
1721
1722@cindex object file format
1723The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1724object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1725write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1726are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1727Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1728@ifclear GENERIC
1729@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1730For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1731@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1732@end ifclear
1733@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1734@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1735On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1736@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1737@end ifset
1738@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1739On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1740SOM or ELF format object files.
1741@end ifset
1742@end ifclear
1743
1744@node Command Line
1745@section Command Line
1746
1747@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1748
a4fb0134 1749After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1750options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1751before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1752significant.
1753
1754@cindex standard input, as input file
1755@kindex --
1756@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1757explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1758
1759@cindex options, command line
1760Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1761hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1762@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1763option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1764the letter is important. All options are optional.
1765
1766Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1767name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1768with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1769standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1770
1771@smallexample
1772@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1773@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1774@end smallexample
1775
1776@node Input Files
1777@section Input Files
1778
1779@cindex input
1780@cindex source program
1781@cindex files, input
1782We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1783describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1784be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1785doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1786
1787@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1788@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1789The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1790order specified.
1791
0285c67d 1792@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1793Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1794program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1795(The standard input is also a file.)
1796
a4fb0134 1797You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1798names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1799command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1800is taken to be an input file name.
1801
a4fb0134
SC
1802If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1803from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1804may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1805to assemble.
1806
1807Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1808in your command line.
1809
a4fb0134 1810If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1811file.
1812
0285c67d
NC
1813@c man end
1814
252b5132
RH
1815@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1816
1817@cindex input file linenumbers
1818@cindex line numbers, in input files
1819There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1820either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1821number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1822``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1823
1824@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1825to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1826
1827@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1828directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1829error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1830is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1831@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1832@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1833
1834@node Object
1835@section Output (Object) File
1836
1837@cindex object file
1838@cindex output file
1839@kindex a.out
1840@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1841Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1842your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1843is the object file. Its default name is
1844@ifclear BOUT
1845@code{a.out}.
1846@end ifclear
1847@ifset BOUT
1848@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1849@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1850@end ifset
a4fb0134 1851@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1852@end ifset
a4fb0134 1853You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1854object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1855reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1856directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1857possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1858
1859@cindex linker
1860@kindex ld
1861The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1862assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1863the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1864information for the debugger.
1865
1866@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1867@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1868
1869@node Errors
1870@section Error and Warning Messages
1871
0285c67d
NC
1872@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1873
a349d9dd 1874@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1875@cindex warning messages
1876@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1877@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1878file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1879runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1880that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1881grave problem that stops the assembly.
1882
0285c67d
NC
1883@c man end
1884
252b5132
RH
1885@cindex format of warning messages
1886Warning messages have the format
1887
1888@smallexample
1889file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1890@end smallexample
1891
1892@noindent
1893@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1894(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1895(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1896the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1897@ifset GENERIC
1898(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1899@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1900then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1901otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1902message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1903tradition).
1904
1905@cindex format of error messages
1906Error messages have the format
1907@smallexample
1908file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1909@end smallexample
1910The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1911messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1912because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1913
1914@node Invoking
1915@chapter Command-Line Options
1916
1917@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1918This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1919versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1920for options specific
252b5132 1921@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1922to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1923@end ifclear
1924@ifset GENERIC
1925to particular machine architectures.
1926@end ifset
1927
0285c67d
NC
1928@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1929
c1253627 1930If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1931you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1932The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1933by commas. For example:
1934
1935@smallexample
1936gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1937@end smallexample
1938
1939@noindent
1940This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1941standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1942local symbols in the symbol table).
1943
1944Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1945command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1946(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1947precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1948assembler.)
1949
0285c67d
NC
1950@c man end
1951
252b5132 1952@menu
83f10cb2 1953* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1954* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1955* D:: -D for compatibility
1956* f:: -f to work faster
1957* I:: -I for .include search path
1958@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1959* K:: -K for compatibility
1960@end ifclear
1961@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1962* K:: -K for difference tables
1963@end ifset
1964
ba83aca1 1965* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1966* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1967* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1968* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1969* o:: -o to name the object file
1970* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1971* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1972* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1973* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1974* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1975* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1976@end menu
1977
1978@node a
83f10cb2 1979@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1980
1981@kindex -a
1982@kindex -ac
1983@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1984@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1985@kindex -ah
1986@kindex -al
1987@kindex -an
1988@kindex -as
1989@cindex listings, enabling
1990@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1991
1992These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1993@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1994You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1995@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1996@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1997@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1998High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1999@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2000also.
2001
83f10cb2
NC
2002Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2003information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2004
252b5132
RH
2005Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2006which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2007other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2008omitted from the listing.
2009
2010Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2011listing.
2012
2013Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2014listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2015@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2016@code{.sbttl}.
2017The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2018If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2019listing-control directives have no effect.
2020
2021The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2022@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2023
96e9638b
BW
2024Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2025because it
c3a27914
NC
2026is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2027is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2028directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2029stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2030memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2031
caa32fe5
NC
2032@node alternate
2033@section @option{--alternate}
2034
2035@kindex --alternate
2036Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2037
252b5132 2038@node D
a4fb0134 2039@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2040
2041@kindex -D
2042This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2043likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2044@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2045
2046@node f
a4fb0134 2047@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2048
2049@kindex -f
2050@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2051@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2052@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2053(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2054and comment preprocessing on
2055the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2056,Preprocessing}.
2057
2058@quotation
2059@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2060preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2061not work correctly.
2062@end quotation
2063
2064@node I
c1253627 2065@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2066
2067@kindex -I @var{path}
2068@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2069@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2070@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2071Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2072@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2073directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2074many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2075working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2076searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2077specified (left to right) on the command line.
2078
2079@node K
a4fb0134 2080@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2081
2082@kindex -K
2083@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2084On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2085permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2086where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2087generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2088family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2089alteration on other platforms.
2090@end ifclear
2091
2092@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2093@cindex difference tables, warning
2094@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2095@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2096form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2097You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2098is done.
2099@end ifset
2100
2101@node L
ba83aca1 2102@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2103
2104@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2105@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2106Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2107@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2108called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2109such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2110programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2111notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2112such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2113
2114This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2115in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2116@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2117
c3a27914 2118@node listing
a4fb0134 2119@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2120
2121The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2122@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2123hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2124them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2125directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2126@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2127@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2128@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2129
a4fb0134 2130@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2131@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2132@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2133@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2134Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2135dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2136
2137@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2138@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2139@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2140Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2141a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2142the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2143switch is used the default is to one.
2144
2145@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2146@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2147@cindex Width of source line output
2148Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2149alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2150source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2151
2152@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2153@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2154@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2155Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2156displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2157@end table
2158
252b5132 2159@node M
a4fb0134 2160@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2161
2162@kindex -M
2163@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2164The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2165changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2166compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2167configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2168MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2169information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2170arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2171assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2172
2173The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2174depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2175file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2176individually. These are:
2177
2178@itemize @bullet
2179@item global symbols in common section
2180
2181The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2182Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2183common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2184symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2185symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2186
2187@item complex relocations
2188
2189The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2190relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2191are not support by other object file formats.
2192
2193@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2194
2195The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2196This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2197instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2198script.
2199
2200@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2201
2202The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2203name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2204
2205@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2206
2207The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2208address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2209which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2210not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2211assigned within a linker script.
2212@end itemize
2213
2214There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2215@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2216seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2217
2218@itemize @bullet
2219
2220@item EBCDIC strings
2221
2222EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2223
2224@item packed binary coded decimal
2225
2226Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2227and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2228
2229@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2230
2231The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2232
2233@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2234
2235The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2236
2237@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2238
2239The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2240@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2241relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2242these options serve no purpose.
2243
2244@item @code{OPT} list control options
2245
2246The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2247@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2248@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2249
2250@item other @code{OPT} options
2251
2252The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2253@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2254
2255@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2256
2257The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2258@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2259
2260@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2261
2262The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2263
2264@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2265
2266The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2267
2268@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2269
2270The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2271
2272@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2273
2274The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2275
2276@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2277
2278The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2279
2280@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2281
2282The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2283
2284@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2285
2286The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2287
2288@end itemize
2289
2290@node MD
c1253627 2291@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2292
2293@kindex --MD
2294@cindex dependency tracking
2295@cindex make rules
2296
a4fb0134 2297@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2298file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2299dependencies of the main source file.
2300
2301The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2302
2303This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2304
2305@node o
a4fb0134 2306@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2307
2308@kindex -o
2309@cindex naming object file
2310@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2311There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2312default it has the name
2313@ifset GENERIC
2314@ifset I960
2315@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2316@end ifset
2317@ifclear I960
2318@file{a.out}.
2319@end ifclear
2320@end ifset
2321@ifclear GENERIC
2322@ifset I960
2323@file{b.out}.
2324@end ifset
2325@ifclear I960
2326@file{a.out}.
2327@end ifclear
2328@end ifclear
2329You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2330object file a different name.
2331
a4fb0134 2332Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2333existing file of the same name.
2334
2335@node R
a4fb0134 2336@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2337
2338@kindex -R
2339@cindex data and text sections, joining
2340@cindex text and data sections, joining
2341@cindex joining text and data sections
2342@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2343@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2344data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2345the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2346section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2347your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2348appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2349
a4fb0134 2350When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2351address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2352data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2353older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2354
c1253627
NC
2355@ifset COFF-ELF
2356When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2357this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2358@samp{.data}.
2359@end ifset
2360
2361@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2362@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2363@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2364@end ifset
2365
2366@node statistics
a4fb0134 2367@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2368
2369@kindex --statistics
2370@cindex statistics, about assembly
2371@cindex time, total for assembly
2372@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2373Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2374@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2375(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2376seconds).
2377
2378@node traditional-format
c1253627 2379@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2380
2381@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2382For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2383from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2384@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2385
2386For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2387@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2388
2389@node v
a4fb0134 2390@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2391
2392@kindex -v
2393@kindex -version
2394@cindex assembler version
2395@cindex version of assembler
2396You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2397option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2398command line.
2399
2400@node W
a4fb0134 2401@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2402
a4fb0134 2403@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2404assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2405cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2406made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2407
c1253627
NC
2408@kindex -W
2409@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2410@cindex suppressing warnings
2411@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2412If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2413This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2414how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2415are still reported.
2416
c1253627 2417@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2418@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2419@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2420If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2421files that generate warnings to be in error.
2422
c1253627 2423@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2424@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2425You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2426causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2427
2428@node Z
a4fb0134 2429@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2430@cindex object file, after errors
2431@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2432After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2433some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2434@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2435option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2436writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2437errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2438
2439@node Syntax
2440@chapter Syntax
2441
2442@cindex machine-independent syntax
2443@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2444This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2445source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2446assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2447@ifclear VAX
2448assembler.
2449@end ifclear
2450@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2451assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2452@end ifset
2453
2454@menu
7c31ae13 2455* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2456* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2457* Comments:: Comments
2458* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2459* Statements:: Statements
2460* Constants:: Constants
2461@end menu
2462
2463@node Preprocessing
2464@section Preprocessing
2465
2466@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2467The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2468@itemize @bullet
2469@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2470@item
2471adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2472the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2473a single space.
2474
2475@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2476@item
2477removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2478appropriate number of newlines.
2479
2480@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2481@item
2482converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2483@end itemize
2484
2485It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2486anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2487do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2488(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2489to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2490@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2491Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2492
2493Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2494cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2495preprocessed.
2496
2497@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2498@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2499@kindex #NO_APP
2500@kindex #APP
2501If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2502@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2503Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2504specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2505text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2506@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2507@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2508and whitespace.
2509
2510@node Whitespace
2511@section Whitespace
2512
2513@cindex whitespace
2514@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2515Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2516people to read. Unless within character constants
2517(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2518as exactly one space.
2519
2520@node Comments
2521@section Comments
2522
2523@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2524There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2525cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2526
2527Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2528This means you may not nest these comments.
2529
2530@smallexample
2531/*
2532 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2533 is to use this sort of comment.
2534*/
2535
2536/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2537@end smallexample
2538
2539@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2540Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2541considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2542specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2543line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2544line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2545comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2546upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2547@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2548
2549If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2550special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2551to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2552
2553@kindex #
2554@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2555@cindex logical line numbers
2556To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2557special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2558expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2559line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2560new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2561
2562If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2563the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2564
2565@smallexample
2566 # This is an ordinary comment.
2567# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2568 # This is logical line # 36.
2569@end smallexample
2570This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2571of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2572
2573@node Symbol Intro
2574@section Symbols
2575
2576@cindex characters used in symbols
2577@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2578A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2579letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2580@samp{_.$}.
2581@end ifclear
2582@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2583@ifclear GENERIC
2584@ifset H8
2585A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2586letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2587@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2588symbol names.)
2589@end ifset
2590@end ifclear
2591@end ifset
2592@ifset GENERIC
2593On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2594are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2595@end ifset
2596No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
7bfd842d
NC
2597There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
2598are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2599beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2600of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
252b5132
RH
2601@cindex length of symbols
2602
2603@node Statements
2604@section Statements
2605
2606@cindex statements, structure of
2607@cindex line separator character
2608@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2609
2610A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2611@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2612specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2613target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2614The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2615preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2616exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2617
2618@cindex newline, required at file end
2619@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2620It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2621character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2622
2623An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2624
2625@cindex instructions and directives
2626@cindex directives and instructions
2627@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2628@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2629@c 13feb91.
2630A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2631key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2632symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2633symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2634directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2635a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2636assembles into a machine language instruction.
2637@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2638Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2639recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2640represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2641language.@refill
2642@end ifset
2643
2644@cindex @code{:} (label)
2645@cindex label (@code{:})
2646A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2647Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2648have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2649
2650@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2651For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2652the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2653only one label may be defined on each line.
2654@end ifset
2655
2656@smallexample
2657label: .directive followed by something
2658another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2659 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2660@end smallexample
2661
2662@node Constants
2663@section Constants
2664
2665@cindex constants
2666A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2667inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2668@smallexample
2669@group
2670.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2671.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2672.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2673.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
267495028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2675@end group
2676@end smallexample
2677
2678@menu
2679* Characters:: Character Constants
2680* Numbers:: Number Constants
2681@end menu
2682
2683@node Characters
2684@subsection Character Constants
2685
2686@cindex character constants
2687@cindex constants, character
2688There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2689for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2690numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2691@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2692used in arithmetic expressions.
2693
2694@menu
2695* Strings:: Strings
2696* Chars:: Characters
2697@end menu
2698
2699@node Strings
2700@subsubsection Strings
2701
2702@cindex string constants
2703@cindex constants, string
2704A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2705double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2706into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2707a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2708one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2709@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2710(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2711escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2712
2713@cindex escape codes, character
2714@cindex character escape codes
2715@table @kbd
2716@c @item \a
2717@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2718@c
2719@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2720@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2721@item \b
2722Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2723
2724@c @item \e
2725@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2726@c
2727@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2728@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2729@item \f
2730Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2731
2732@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2733@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2734@item \n
2735Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2736
2737@c @item \p
2738@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2739@c
2740@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2741@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2742@item \r
2743Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2744
2745@c @item \s
2746@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2747@c other assemblers.
2748@c
2749@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2750@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2751@item \t
2752Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2753
2754@c @item \v
2755@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2756@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2757@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2758@c
2759@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2760@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2761@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2762An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2763For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2764for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2765
2766@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2767@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2768@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2769A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2770lower case @code{x} works.
2771
2772@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2773@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2774@item \\
2775Represents one @samp{\} character.
2776
2777@c @item \'
2778@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2779@c This is needed in single character literals
2780@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2781@c a @samp{'}.
2782@c
2783@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2784@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2785@item \"
2786Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2787this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2788
2789@item \ @var{anything-else}
2790Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2791assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2792you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2793interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2794other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2795code and warns you of the fact.
2796@end table
2797
2798Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2799varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2800the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2801compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2802sequence.
2803
2804@node Chars
2805@subsubsection Characters
2806
2807@cindex single character constant
2808@cindex character, single
2809@cindex constant, single character
2810A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2811followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2812to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2813must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2814@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2815grave accent. A newline
2816@ifclear GENERIC
2817@ifclear abnormal-separator
2818(or semicolon @samp{;})
2819@end ifclear
2820@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2821@ifset H8
2822(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2823Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2824@end ifset
2825@end ifset
2826@end ifclear
2827immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2828and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2829constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2830that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2831@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2832
2833@node Numbers
2834@subsection Number Constants
2835
2836@cindex constants, number
2837@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2838@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2839are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2840would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2841integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2842are floating point numbers, described below.
2843
2844@menu
2845* Integers:: Integers
2846* Bignums:: Bignums
2847* Flonums:: Flonums
2848@ifclear GENERIC
2849@ifset I960
2850* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2851@end ifset
2852@end ifclear
2853@end menu
2854
2855@node Integers
2856@subsubsection Integers
2857@cindex integers
2858@cindex constants, integer
2859
2860@cindex binary integers
2861@cindex integers, binary
2862A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2863the binary digits @samp{01}.
2864
2865@cindex octal integers
2866@cindex integers, octal
2867An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2868digits (@samp{01234567}).
2869
2870@cindex decimal integers
2871@cindex integers, decimal
2872A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2873more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2874
2875@cindex hexadecimal integers
2876@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2877A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2878more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2879
2880Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2881the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2882(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2883
2884@node Bignums
2885@subsubsection Bignums
2886
2887@cindex bignums
2888@cindex constants, bignum
2889A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2890except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2891represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2892integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2893
2894@node Flonums
2895@subsubsection Flonums
2896@cindex flonums
2897@cindex floating point numbers
2898@cindex constants, floating point
2899
2900@cindex precision, floating point
2901A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2902indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2903@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2904sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2905to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2906portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2907
2908A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2909@itemize @bullet
2910@item
2911The digit @samp{0}.
2912@ifset HPPA
2913(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2914@end ifset
2915
2916@item
a4fb0134 2917A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2918@ifset GENERIC
2919@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2920@ignore
2921@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2922(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
29234.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2924@end ignore
2925
7be1c489 2926On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2927and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2928one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2929
2930On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2931(in upper or lower case).
2932
2933On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2934one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2935
2936On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2937@end ifset
2938@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2939@ifset ARC
2940One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2941@end ifset
2942@ifset H8
2943One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2944@end ifset
2945@ifset HPPA
2946The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2947@end ifset
2948@ifset I960
2949One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2950@end ifset
2951@end ifclear
2952
2953@item
2954An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2955
2956@item
2957An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2958
2959@item
2960An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2961or more decimal digits.
2962
2963@item
2964An optional exponent, consisting of:
2965
2966@itemize @bullet
2967@item
2968An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2969@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2970@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2971@item
2972Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2973@item
2974One or more decimal digits.
2975@end itemize
2976
2977@end itemize
2978
2979At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2980present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2981
a4fb0134 2982@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2983independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2984@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2985
2986@ifclear GENERIC
2987@ifset I960
2988@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2989@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2990@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2991@node Bit Fields
2992@subsubsection Bit Fields
2993
2994@cindex bit fields
2995@cindex constants, bit field
2996You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2997Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2998@example
2999@var{mask}:@var{value}
3000@end example
3001@noindent
a4fb0134 3002@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3003@var{value}.
3004
3005The resulting number is then packed
3006@ifset GENERIC
3007@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3008(in host-dependent byte order)
3009@end ifset
3010into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3011bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3012requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3013more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3014least significant digits.@refill
3015
3016The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3017@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3018@end ifset
3019@end ifclear
3020
3021@node Sections
3022@chapter Sections and Relocation
3023@cindex sections
3024@cindex relocation
3025
3026@menu
3027* Secs Background:: Background
3028* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3029* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3030* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3031* bss:: bss Section
3032@end menu
3033
3034@node Secs Background
3035@section Background
3036
3037Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3038``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3039For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3040
3041@cindex linker, and assembler
3042@cindex assembler, and linker
3043The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3044combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3045emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3046@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3047different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3048oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3049sections.
3050
3051@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3052addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3053units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3054within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3055run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3056the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3057the proper run-time addresses.
3058@ifset H8
7be1c489 3059For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3060@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3061ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3062@end ifset
3063
3064@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3065An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3066of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3067@dfn{bss} sections.
3068
c1253627 3069@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3070@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3071When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3072@end ifset
a4fb0134 3073@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3074using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3075If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3076or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3077@end ifset
3078
3079@ifset HPPA
3080@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3081When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3082@end ifset
a4fb0134 3083@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3084specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3085@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3086(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3087assembler directives.
3088
3089@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3090Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3091text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3092is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3093BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3094@end ifset
3095@end ifset
3096
3097Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3098data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3099
3100@ifset HPPA
3101When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3102section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3103@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3104@end ifset
3105
3106To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3107relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3108object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3109@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3110file is mentioned:
3111@itemize @bullet
3112@item
3113Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3114an address?
3115@item
3116How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3117@item
3118Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3119@display
3120(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3121@end display
3122@item
3123Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3124@end itemize
3125
3126@cindex addresses, format of
3127@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3128In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3129@display
3130(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3131@end display
3132@noindent
a4fb0134 3133Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3134nature.
3135@ifset SOM
3136(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3137symbol-relative instead.)
3138@end ifset
3139
3140In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3141@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3142
3143Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3144@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3145addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3146@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3147@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3148data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3149their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3150part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3151address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3152
3153The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3154address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3155rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3156Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3157address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3158common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3159time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3160
3161By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3162the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3163sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3164customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3165the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3166data and bss sections.
3167
3168Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3169use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3170
3171@node Ld Sections
3172@section Linker Sections
3173@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3174
3175@table @strong
3176
c1253627 3177@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3178@cindex named sections
3179@cindex sections, named
3180@item named sections
3181@end ifset
3182@ifset aout-bout
3183@cindex text section
3184@cindex data section
3185@itemx text section
3186@itemx data section
3187@end ifset
a4fb0134 3188These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3189separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3190true of another.
3191@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3192When the program is running, however, it is
3193customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3194text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3195instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3196program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3197in the data section.
c1253627 3198@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3199
3200@cindex bss section
3201@item bss section
3202This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3203is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3204each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3205out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3206bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3207those explicit zeros from object files.
3208
3209@cindex absolute section
3210@item absolute section
3211Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3212This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3213not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3214addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3215
3216@cindex undefined section
3217@item undefined section
3218This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3219the preceding sections.
3220@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3221@end table
3222
3223@cindex relocation example
3224An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3225@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3226The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3227@end ifset
3228Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3229
3230@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3231@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3232@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3233@smallexample
3234 +-----+----+--+
3235partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3236 +-----+----+--+
3237
3238 text data bss
3239 seg. seg. seg.
3240
3241 +---+---+---+
3242partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3243 +---+---+---+
3244
3245 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3246linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3247 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3248
3249 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3250@end smallexample
3251@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3252@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3253@need 5000
3254@tex
c1253627 3255\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3256\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3257\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3258\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3259
3260\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3261\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3262\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3263
3264\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3265\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3266\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3267ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3268DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3269
3270\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3271\line{0\dots\hfil}
3272
3273@end tex
3274@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3275
3276@node As Sections
3277@section Assembler Internal Sections
3278
3279@cindex internal assembler sections
3280@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3281These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3282have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3283sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3284warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3285meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3286value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3287section-relative address.
3288
3289@table @b
3290@cindex assembler internal logic error
3291@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3292An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3293bug in the assembler.
3294
3295@cindex expr (internal section)
3296@item expr section
3297The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3298symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3299it in the expr section.
3300@c FIXME item debug
3301@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3302@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3303@c FIXME item register
3304@end table
3305
3306@node Sub-Sections
3307@section Sub-Sections
3308
3309@cindex numbered subsections
3310@cindex grouping data
3311@ifset aout-bout
3312Assembled bytes
c1253627 3313@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3314conventionally
3315@end ifset
3316fall into two sections: text and data.
3317@end ifset
3318You may have separate groups of
3319@ifset GENERIC
3320data in named sections
3321@end ifset
3322@ifclear GENERIC
3323@ifclear aout-bout
3324data in named sections
3325@end ifclear
3326@ifset aout-bout
3327text or data
3328@end ifset
3329@end ifclear
3330that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3331are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3332use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3333numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3334same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3335subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3336section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3337assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3338section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3339constants being output.
3340
3341Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3342goes in subsection number zero.
3343
3344@ifset GENERIC
3345Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3346(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3347of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3348@end ifset
3349@ifclear GENERIC
3350@ifset H8
7be1c489 3351On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3352boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3353The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3354@end ifset
3355@ifset I960
3356@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3357@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3358@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3359@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3360@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3361@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3362@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3363@end ifclear
3364
3365Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3366to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3367The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3368other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3369They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3370data subsections as a data section.
3371
3372To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3373into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3374@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3375@ifset COFF
252b5132 3376@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3377When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3378@end ifset
3379@ifclear GENERIC
3380You
3381@end ifclear
3382can also use an extra subsection
3383argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3384@var{expression}}.
3385@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3386@ifset ELF
3387@ifset GENERIC
3388When generating ELF output, you
3389@end ifset
3390@ifclear GENERIC
3391You
3392@end ifclear
3393can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3394to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3395@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3396@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3397(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3398is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3399begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3400@smallexample
3401.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3402.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3403.text 1
3404.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3405.data 0
3406.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3407.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3408.text 0
3409.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3410.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3411@end smallexample
3412
3413Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3414assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3415restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3416counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3417@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3418current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3419assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3420
3421@node bss
3422@section bss Section
3423
3424@cindex bss section
3425@cindex common variable storage
3426The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3427You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3428not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3429your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3430section are zeroed bytes.
3431
3432The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3433@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3434
3435The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3436another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3437
3438@ifset GENERIC
3439When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3440COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3441see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3442section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3443@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3444@end ifset
3445
3446@node Symbols
3447@chapter Symbols
3448
3449@cindex symbols
3450Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3451things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3452to debug.
3453
3454@quotation
3455@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3456@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3457the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3458@end quotation
3459
3460@menu
3461* Labels:: Labels
3462* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3463* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3464* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3465* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3466@end menu
3467
3468@node Labels
3469@section Labels
3470
3471@cindex labels
3472A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3473@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3474active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3475operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3476different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3477definitions.
3478
3479@ifset HPPA
3480On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3481colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3482a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3483provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3484@end ifset
3485
3486@node Setting Symbols
3487@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3488
3489@cindex assigning values to symbols
3490@cindex symbol values, assigning
3491A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3492by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3493(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3494directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3495equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3496@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3497
f8739b83
JZ
3498@ifset Blackfin
3499Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3500@end ifset
3501
252b5132
RH
3502@node Symbol Names
3503@section Symbol Names
3504
3505@cindex symbol names
3506@cindex names, symbol
3507@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3508Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3509machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3510noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3511string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3512particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3513@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3514@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3515@ifset H8
3516Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3517Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3518character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3519on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3520@end ifset
3521@end ifset
3522
3523Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3524than @code{Foo}.
3525
7bfd842d
NC
3526Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3527multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3528@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3529currently supported.
3530
252b5132
RH
3531Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3532refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3533in a program.
3534
3535@subheading Local Symbol Names
3536
3537@cindex local symbol names
3538@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3539A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3540By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3541@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3542set of local label prefixes.
3543@ifset HPPA
3544On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3545@end ifset
3546
3547Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3548normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3549You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3550@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3551
3552@subheading Local Labels
3553
3554@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3555@cindex temporary symbol names
3556@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3557Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3558They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3559the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3560To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3561represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3562definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3563you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3564@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3565for ``forwards''.
3566
3567There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3568too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3569the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3570defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3571definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3572noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3573implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3574
3575Here is an example:
3576
3577@smallexample
35781: branch 1f
35792: branch 1b
35801: branch 2f
35812: branch 1b
3582@end smallexample
3583
3584Which is the equivalent of:
3585
3586@smallexample
3587label_1: branch label_3
3588label_2: branch label_1
3589label_3: branch label_4
3590label_4: branch label_3
3591@end smallexample
3592
ba83aca1 3593Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3594transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3595The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3596are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3597these parts:
252b5132
RH
3598
3599@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3600@item @emph{local label prefix}
3601All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3602Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3603that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3604used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3605@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3606object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3607you may use them in debugging.
3608
2d5aaba0
NC
3609@item @var{number}
3610This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3611label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3612
2d5aaba0
NC
3613@item @kbd{C-B}
3614This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3615of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3616
3617@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3618This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3619@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3620number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3621the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3622@end table
3623
ba83aca1
BW
3624So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3625the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3626
3627@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3628@cindex dollar local symbols
3629
3630@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3631dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3632soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3633region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3634scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3635the same local label.
3636
3637Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3638except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3639@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3640
3641They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3642names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3643to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3644@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3645
3646@node Dot
3647@section The Special Dot Symbol
3648
3649@cindex dot (symbol)
3650@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3651@cindex current address
3652@cindex location counter
3653The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3654@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3655.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3656Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3657directive.
252b5132 3658@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3659Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3660@samp{.space 4}.
3661@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3662
3663@node Symbol Attributes
3664@section Symbol Attributes
3665
3666@cindex symbol attributes
3667@cindex attributes, symbol
3668Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3669``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3670attributes.
3671@ifset INTERNALS
3672The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3673@end ifset
3674
a4fb0134 3675If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3676all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3677symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3678would want.
3679
3680@menu
3681* Symbol Value:: Value
3682* Symbol Type:: Type
3683@ifset aout-bout
3684@ifset GENERIC
3685* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3686@end ifset
3687@ifclear GENERIC
3688@ifclear BOUT
3689* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3690@end ifclear
3691@ifset BOUT
3692* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3693@end ifset
3694@end ifclear
3695@end ifset
3696@ifset COFF
3697* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3698@end ifset
3699@ifset SOM
3700* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3701@end ifset
3702@end menu
3703
3704@node Symbol Value
3705@subsection Value
3706
3707@cindex value of a symbol
3708@cindex symbol value
3709The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3710location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3711number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3712Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3713as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3714symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3715called absolute.
3716
3717The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
37180 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3719@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3720same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3721name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3722common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3723bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3724allocated storage.
3725
3726@node Symbol Type
3727@subsection Type
3728
3729@cindex type of a symbol
3730@cindex symbol type
3731The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3732information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3733(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3734format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3735
3736@ifset aout-bout
3737@ifclear GENERIC
3738@ifset BOUT
3739@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3740@c better if it were available outside examples.
3741@need 1000
3742@node a.out Symbols
3743@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3744
3745@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3746@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3747These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3748one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3749@code{b.out}.
3750
3751@end ifset
3752@ifclear BOUT
3753@node a.out Symbols
3754@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3755
3756@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3757@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3758
3759@end ifclear
3760@end ifclear
3761@ifset GENERIC
3762@node a.out Symbols
3763@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3764
3765@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3766@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3767
3768@end ifset
3769@menu
3770* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3771* Symbol Other:: Other
3772@end menu
3773
3774@node Symbol Desc
3775@subsubsection Descriptor
3776
3777@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3778This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3779descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3780(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3781@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3782
3783@node Symbol Other
3784@subsubsection Other
3785
3786@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3787This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3788@end ifset
3789
3790@ifset COFF
3791@node COFF Symbols
3792@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3793
3794@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3795@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3796
3797The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3798like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3799@code{.endef} directives.
3800
3801@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3802
3803@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3804The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3805respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3806
3807@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3808
3809@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3810The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3811@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3812table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3813@end ifset
3814
3815@ifset SOM
3816@node SOM Symbols
3817@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3818
3819@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3820@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3821
3822The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3823the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3824
01642c12 3825The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3826Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3827@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3828@end ifset
3829
3830@node Expressions
3831@chapter Expressions
3832
3833@cindex expressions
3834@cindex addresses
3835@cindex numeric values
3836An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3837Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3838
3839The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3840a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3841enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3842section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3843the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3844@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3845
3846@menu
3847* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3848* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3849@end menu
3850
3851@node Empty Exprs
3852@section Empty Expressions
3853
3854@cindex empty expressions
3855@cindex expressions, empty
3856An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3857Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3858expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3859is compatible with other assemblers.
3860
3861@node Integer Exprs
3862@section Integer Expressions
3863
3864@cindex integer expressions
3865@cindex expressions, integer
3866An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3867by @emph{operators}.
3868
3869@menu
3870* Arguments:: Arguments
3871* Operators:: Operators
3872* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3873* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3874@end menu
3875
3876@node Arguments
3877@subsection Arguments
3878
3879@cindex expression arguments
3880@cindex arguments in expressions
3881@cindex operands in expressions
3882@cindex arithmetic operands
3883@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3884contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3885this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3886the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3887expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3888instruction operands.
3889
3890Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3891@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3892or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3893integer.
3894
3895Numbers are usually integers.
3896
3897A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3898that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3899these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3900instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3901assemblers.
3902
3903@cindex subexpressions
3904Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3905expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3906operator followed by an argument.
3907
3908@node Operators
3909@subsection Operators
3910
3911@cindex operators, in expressions
3912@cindex arithmetic functions
3913@cindex functions, in expressions
3914@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3915operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3916between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3917whitespace.
3918
3919@node Prefix Ops
3920@subsection Prefix Operator
3921
3922@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3923@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3924one argument, which must be absolute.
3925
3926@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3927@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3928@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3929@tex
3930\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3931@end tex
3932
3933@table @code
3934@item -
3935@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3936@item ~
3937@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3938@end table
3939
3940@tex
3941\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3942@end tex
3943
3944@node Infix Ops
3945@subsection Infix Operators
3946
3947@cindex infix operators
3948@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3949@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3950have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3951to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3952absolute, and the result is absolute.
3953
3954@enumerate
3955@cindex operator precedence
3956@cindex precedence of operators
3957
3958@item
3959Highest Precedence
3960
3961@table @code
3962@item *
3963@dfn{Multiplication}.
3964
3965@item /
3966@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3967
3968@item %
3969@dfn{Remainder}.
3970
d1eac9d9 3971@item <<
252b5132
RH
3972@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3973
d1eac9d9 3974@item >>
252b5132
RH
3975@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3976@end table
3977
3978@item
3979Intermediate precedence
3980
3981@table @code
3982@item |
3983
3984@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3985
3986@item &
3987@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3988
3989@item ^
3990@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3991
3992@item !
3993@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3994@end table
3995
3996@item
b131d4dc 3997Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3998
3999@table @code
4000@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4001@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4002@cindex arguments for addition
4003@item +
4004@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4005the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4006sections.
4007
4008@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4009@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4010@cindex arguments for subtraction
4011@item -
4012@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4013result has the section of the left argument.
4014If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4015You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4016@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4017
4018@cindex comparison expressions
4019@cindex expressions, comparison
4020@item ==
4021@dfn{Is Equal To}
4022@item <>
723a8472 4023@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4024@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4025@item <
4026@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4027@item >
b131d4dc 4028@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4029@item >=
b131d4dc 4030@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4031@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4032@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4033
4034The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4035value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4036perform signed comparisons.
4037@end table
4038
4039@item Lowest Precedence
4040
4041@table @code
4042@item &&
4043@dfn{Logical And}.
4044
4045@item ||
4046@dfn{Logical Or}.
4047
4048These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4049expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4050value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4051or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4052
252b5132
RH
4053@end table
4054@end enumerate
4055
4056In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4057address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4058
4059@node Pseudo Ops
4060@chapter Assembler Directives
4061
4062@cindex directives, machine independent
4063@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4064@cindex machine independent directives
4065All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
4066The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
4067
4068This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4069target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4070@ifset GENERIC
4071Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4072@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4073@end ifset
4074@ifclear GENERIC
4075@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4076@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4077@end ifset
4078@end ifclear
4079
4080@menu
4081* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4082@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4083* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4084@end ifset
f0dc282c 4085
252b5132 4086* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4087* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4088* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4089* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4090* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 4091* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 4092* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4093* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4094* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4095* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4096@ifset COFF
4097* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4098@end ifset
4099@ifset aout-bout
4100* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4101@end ifset
4102@ifset COFF
4103* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4104@end ifset
f0dc282c 4105
252b5132
RH
4106* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4107* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4108* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4109* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4110* End:: @code{.end}
4111@ifset COFF
4112* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4113@end ifset
f0dc282c 4114
252b5132
RH
4115* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4116* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4117* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4118* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4119* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4120* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4121* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4122* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4123* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4124* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4125* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4126* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4127* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4128* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4129* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4130@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4131* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4132* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4133@end ifset
f0dc282c 4134
252b5132
RH
4135* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4136* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4137* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4138* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4139* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4140* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4141@ifset ELF
4142* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4143@end ifset
f0dc282c 4144
252b5132
RH
4145* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4146* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4147* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4148* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4149@ifclear no-line-dir
4150* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4151@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4152
252b5132
RH
4153* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4154* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4155* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4156* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4157* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4158@ifset ELF
4159* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4160@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4161
252b5132
RH
4162* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4163@ignore
4164* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4165@end ignore
f0dc282c 4166
252b5132
RH
4167* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4168* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4169* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4170* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4171* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4172* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4173* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4174* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4175@ifset ELF
4176* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4177* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4178@end ifset
f0dc282c 4179
252b5132 4180* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4181@ifset ELF
4182* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4183@end ifset
f0dc282c 4184
252b5132
RH
4185* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4186* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4187@ifset ELF
4188* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4189@end ifset
f0dc282c 4190
252b5132 4191* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4192* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4193* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4194* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4195@ifset COFF
4196* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4197@end ifset
4198@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4199* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4200@end ifset
f0dc282c 4201
252b5132
RH
4202* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4203* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4204* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4205@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4206* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4207@end ifset
884f0d36 4208@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4209* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4210@end ifclear
4211
252b5132 4212* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4213@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4214* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4215@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4216@ifset have-stabs
4217* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4218@end ifset
f0dc282c 4219
38a57ae7 4220* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4221* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4222@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4223* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4224* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4225@end ifset
f0dc282c 4226
252b5132
RH
4227@ifset COFF
4228* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4229@end ifset
f0dc282c 4230
252b5132
RH
4231* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4232* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4233@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4234* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4235@end ifset
4236
c91d2e08 4237* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4238@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4239* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4240@end ifset
f0dc282c 4241
2e13b764 4242@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4243* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4244* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4245* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4246@end ifset
f0dc282c 4247
d190d046 4248* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4249* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4250* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4251* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4252* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4253@end menu
4254
4255@node Abort
4256@section @code{.abort}
4257
4258@cindex @code{abort} directive
4259@cindex stopping the assembly
4260This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4261compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4262assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4263of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4264quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4265
4266@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4267@node ABORT (COFF)
4268@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4269
4270@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4271When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4272synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4273
4274@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4275When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4276but ignores it.
4277@end ifset
4278@end ifset
4279
4280@node Align
4281@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4282
4283@cindex padding the location counter
4284@cindex @code{align} directive
4285Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4286boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4287required, as described below.
4288
4289The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4290padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4291padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4292marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4293with no-op instructions.
4294
4295The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4296it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4297directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4298specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4299fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4300required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4301with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4302
4303The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4304For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4305s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4306alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4307the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4308is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4309first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4310
9e9a9798 4311For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4312strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4313number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4314advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4315counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4316multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4317
4318This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4319native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4320GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4321described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4322architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4323
ccf8a69b
BW
4324@node Altmacro
4325@section @code{.altmacro}
4326Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4327
4328@ftable @code
4329@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4330One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4331generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4332replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4333replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4334separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4335define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4336
4337@item String delimiters
4338You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4339@code{"@var{string}"}:
4340
4341@table @code
4342@item '@var{string}'
4343You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4344
4345@item <@var{string}>
4346You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4347@end table
4348
4349@item single-character string escape
4350To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4351character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4352character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4353write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4354
4355@item Expression results as strings
4356You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4357and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4358@end ftable
4359
252b5132
RH
4360@node Ascii
4361@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4362
4363@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4364@cindex string literals
4365@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4366separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4367trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4368
4369@node Asciz
4370@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4371
4372@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4373@cindex zero-terminated strings
4374@cindex null-terminated strings
4375@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4376a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4377
4378@node Balign
4379@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4380
4381@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4382@cindex @code{balign} directive
4383Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4384storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4385alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4386the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4387is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4388
4389The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4390padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4391padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4392marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4393with no-op instructions.
4394
4395The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4396it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4397directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4398specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4399fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4400required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4401with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4402
4403@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4404@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4405The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4406@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4407pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4408fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
44094,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4410filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4411the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4412undefined.
4413
fa94de6b
RM
4414@node Bundle directives
4415@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4416@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4417@cindex bundle
4418@cindex instruction bundle
4419@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4420@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4421bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4422into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4423disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4424gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4425@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4426
4427For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4428certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4429instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4430@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4431chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4432effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4433instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4434that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4435end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4436starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4437instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4438
4439@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4440@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4441@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4442The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4443allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4444are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4445aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4446@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4447directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4448
4449@cindex bundle-locked
4450For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4451appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4452instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4453and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4454instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4455sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4456@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4457entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4458boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4459first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4460aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4461bundle size.
4462
d416e51d
RM
4463For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4464inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4465nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4466@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4467matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4468same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4469
252b5132
RH
4470@node Byte
4471@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4472
4473@cindex @code{byte} directive
4474@cindex integers, one byte
4475@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4476Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4477
54cfded0 4478@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4479@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4480@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4481@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4482should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4483If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4484if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4485To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4486directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4487
4b7d318b 4488@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4489@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4490@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4491should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4492data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4493@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4494
01642c12 4495Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4496it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4497
54cfded0
AM
4498@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4499@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4500@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4501unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4502@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4503
9b8ae42e
JJ
4504@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4505@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4506@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4507should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4508argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4509a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4510the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4511can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4512The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4513no personality routine.
4514
4515@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4516@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4517@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4518should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4519argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4520or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4521no LSDA.
4522
54cfded0 4523@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4524@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4525address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4526
4527@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4528@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4529now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4530remains the same.
4531
4532@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4533@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4534remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4535absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4536CFA address.
4537
4538@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4539Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4540value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4541
4542@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4543Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4544CFA.
54cfded0 4545
17076204
RH
4546@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4547Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4548the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4549using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4550This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4551code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4552
4b7d318b
L
4553@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4554Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4555
4556@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4557@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4558same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4559instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4560
4561@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4562From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4563
4564@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4565Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4566i.e. no restoration needed.
4567
01642c12
RM
4568@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4569First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4570then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4571everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4572the previous saved state.
4573
4574@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4575Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4576directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4577
63752a75
JJ
4578@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4579Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4580
6749011b 4581@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4582SPARC register window has been saved.
4583
cdfbf930
RH
4584@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4585Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4586might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4587opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4588
f1c4cc75
RH
4589@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4590The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4591will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4592description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4593
4594The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4595limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4596mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4597by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4598or another register.
4599
ccf8a69b
BW
4600@node Comm
4601@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4602
ccf8a69b
BW
4603@cindex @code{comm} directive
4604@cindex symbol, common
4605@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4606common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4607of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4608definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4609allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4610absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4611the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4612using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4613
c1711530
DK
4614@ifset COFF-ELF
4615When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4616an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4617specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4618that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4619as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4620boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4621power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4622common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4623alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4624largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4625maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4626is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4627@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4628multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4629It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4630(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4631@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4632
ccf8a69b
BW
4633@ifset HPPA
4634The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4635@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4636@end ifset
07a53e5c 4637
252b5132
RH
4638@node Data
4639@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4640
4641@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4642@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4643end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4644absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4645to zero.
4646
4647@ifset COFF
4648@node Def
4649@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4650
4651@cindex @code{def} directive
4652@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4653@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4654Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4655definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4656@ifset BOUT
4657
a4fb0134 4658This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4659format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4660but ignored.
4661@end ifset
4662@end ifset
4663
4664@ifset aout-bout
4665@node Desc
4666@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4667
4668@cindex @code{desc} directive
4669@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4670@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4671This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4672to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4673
4674@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4675The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4676configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4677object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4678it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4679@end ifset
4680@end ifset
4681
4682@ifset COFF
4683@node Dim
4684@section @code{.dim}
4685
4686@cindex @code{dim} directive
4687@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4688@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4689This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4690information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4691@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4692@ifset BOUT
4693
4694@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4695@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4696ignores it.
4697@end ifset
4698@end ifset
4699
4700@node Double
4701@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4702
4703@cindex @code{double} directive
4704@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4705@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4706assembles floating point numbers.
4707@ifset GENERIC
4708The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4709@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4710@end ifset
4711@ifclear GENERIC
4712@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4713On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4714in @sc{ieee} format.
4715@end ifset
4716@end ifclear
4717
4718@node Eject
4719@section @code{.eject}
4720
4721@cindex @code{eject} directive
4722@cindex new page, in listings
4723@cindex page, in listings
4724@cindex listing control: new page
4725Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4726
4727@node Else
4728@section @code{.else}
4729
4730@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4731@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4732assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4733of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4734was false.
4735
3fd9f047
TW
4736@node Elseif
4737@section @code{.elseif}
4738
4739@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4740@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4741assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4742@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4743
252b5132
RH
4744@node End
4745@section @code{.end}
4746
4747@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4748@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4749process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4750
4751@ifset COFF
4752@node Endef
4753@section @code{.endef}
4754
4755@cindex @code{endef} directive
4756This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4757@code{.def}.
4758@ifset BOUT
4759
4760@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4761@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4762directive but ignores it.
4763@end ifset
4764@end ifset
4765
4766@node Endfunc
4767@section @code{.endfunc}
4768@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4769@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4770
4771@node Endif
4772@section @code{.endif}
4773
4774@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4775@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4776it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4777conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4778
4779@node Equ
4780@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4781
4782@cindex @code{equ} directive
4783@cindex assigning values to symbols
4784@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4785This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4786It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4787
4788@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4789The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4790@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4791@end ifset
4792
3c9b82ba 4793@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4794The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4795@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4796On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4797but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4798Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4799@end ifset
4800
252b5132
RH
4801@node Equiv
4802@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4803@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4804The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4805the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4806symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4807undefined.
252b5132 4808
01642c12 4809Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4810@smallexample
4811.ifdef SYM
4812.err
4813.endif
4814.equ SYM,VAL
4815@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4816plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4817
4818@node Eqv
4819@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4820@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4821The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4822evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4823the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4824value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4825
4826@node Err
4827@section @code{.err}
4828@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4829If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4830message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4831object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4832
d190d046
HPN
4833@node Error
4834@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4835@cindex error directive
4836
4837Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4838string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4839message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4840@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4841
4842@smallexample
4843 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4844@end smallexample
4845
252b5132
RH
4846@node Exitm
4847@section @code{.exitm}
4848Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4849
4850@node Extern
4851@section @code{.extern}
4852
4853@cindex @code{extern} directive
4854@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4855with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4856all undefined symbols as external.
4857
4858@node Fail
4859@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4860
4861@cindex @code{fail} directive
4862Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4863or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4864than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4865include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4866complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4867
252b5132 4868@node File
14082c76 4869@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4870@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4871
4872@ifclear no-file-dir
4873There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4874that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4875@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4876
4877@subheading Default Version
4878
252b5132
RH
4879@cindex logical file name
4880@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4881This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4882are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4883
4884@smallexample
4885.file @var{string}
4886@end smallexample
4887
4888@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4889recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4890to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4891statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4892old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4893
4894@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4895@end ifclear
4896
14082c76
BW
4897When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4898to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4899
4900@smallexample
4901.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4902@end smallexample
4903
4904The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4905index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4906literal.
4907
4908The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4909table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4910information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4911entries will have.
4912
252b5132
RH
4913@node Fill
4914@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4915
4916@cindex @code{fill} directive
4917@cindex writing patterns in memory
4918@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4919@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4920This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4921may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4922more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4923other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4924is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4925zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4926byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4927Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4928@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4929compatible with other people's assemblers.
4930
4931@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4932If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4933assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4934@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4935
4936@node Float
4937@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4938
4939@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4940@cindex @code{float} directive
4941This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4942has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4943@ifset GENERIC
4944The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4945@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4946@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4947@end ifset
4948@ifclear GENERIC
4949@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4950On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4951in @sc{ieee} format.
4952@end ifset
4953@end ifclear
4954
4955@node Func
4956@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4957@cindex @code{func} directive
4958@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4959is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4960Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4961@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4962prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4963@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4964All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4965The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4966
4967@node Global
4968@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4969
4970@cindex @code{global} directive
4971@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4972@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4973@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4974other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4975@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4976from another file linked into the same program.
4977
4978Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4979compatibility with other assemblers.
4980
4981@ifset HPPA
4982On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4983partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4984@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4985@end ifset
4986
c91d2e08 4987@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4988@node Gnu_attribute
4989@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4990Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4991
c91d2e08
NC
4992@node Hidden
4993@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4994
c1253627
NC
4995@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4996@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4997This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4998@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4999@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5000
5001This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5002their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5003@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5004Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5005@end ifset
5006
252b5132
RH
5007@node hword
5008@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5009
5010@cindex @code{hword} directive
5011@cindex integers, 16-bit
5012@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5013@cindex sixteen bit integers
5014This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5015a 16 bit number for each.
5016
5017@ifset GENERIC
5018This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5019architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5020@end ifset
5021@ifclear GENERIC
5022@ifset W32
5023This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5024@end ifset
5025@ifset W16
5026This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5027@end ifset
5028@end ifclear
5029
5030@node Ident
5031@section @code{.ident}
5032
5033@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5034
5035This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5036behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5037a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5038source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5039for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5040@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5041emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5042
5043@node If
5044@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5045
5046@cindex conditional assembly
5047@cindex @code{if} directive
5048@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5049considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5050(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5051the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5052(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5053alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5054If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5055nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5056
5057The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5058@table @code
5059@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5060@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5061Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5062has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5063is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5064
26aca5f6
JB
5065@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5066@item .ifb @var{text}
5067Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5068
252b5132
RH
5069@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5070@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5071Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5072strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5073the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5074end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5075string comparison is case sensitive.
5076
5077@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5078@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5079Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5080
5081@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5082@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5083Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5084
5085@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5086@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5087Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5088equal to zero.
5089
5090@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5091@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5092Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5093
5094@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5095@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5096Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5097to zero.
5098
5099@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5100@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5101Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5102
26aca5f6
JB
5103@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5104@item .ifnb @var{text}
5105Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5106following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5107
252b5132
RH
5108@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5109@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5110Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5111following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5112
5113@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5114@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5115@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5116@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5117Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5118has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5119which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5120
5121@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5122@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5123Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5124(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5125
5126@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5127@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5128Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5129following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5130@end table
5131
7e005732
NC
5132@node Incbin
5133@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5134
5135@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5136@cindex binary files, including
5137The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5138location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5139option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5140around @var{file}.
5141
5142The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5143@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5144read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5145responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5146after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5147
252b5132
RH
5148@node Include
5149@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5150
5151@cindex @code{include} directive
5152@cindex supporting files, including
5153@cindex files, including
5154This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5155points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5156if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5157included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5158can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5159(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5160around @var{file}.
5161
5162@node Int
5163@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5164
5165@cindex @code{int} directive
5166@cindex integers, 32-bit
5167Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5168For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5169expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5170of target the assembly is for.
5171
5172@ifclear GENERIC
5173@ifset H8
7be1c489 5174On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5175integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
517632-bit integers.
5177@end ifset
5178@end ifclear
5179
c91d2e08
NC
5180@ifset ELF
5181@node Internal
5182@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5183
c1253627
NC
5184@cindex @code{internal} directive
5185@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5186This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5187@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5188@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5189
5190This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5191their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5192@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5193(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5194processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5195@end ifset
5196
252b5132
RH
5197@node Irp
5198@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5199
5200@cindex @code{irp} directive
5201Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5202The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5203terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5204set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5205@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5206@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5207sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5208
5209For example, assembling
5210
5211@example
5212 .irp param,1,2,3
5213 move d\param,sp@@-
5214 .endr
5215@end example
5216
5217is equivalent to assembling
5218
5219@example
5220 move d1,sp@@-
5221 move d2,sp@@-
5222 move d3,sp@@-
5223@end example
5224
96e9638b 5225For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5226
252b5132
RH
5227@node Irpc
5228@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5229
5230@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5231Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5232The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5233terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5234@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5235assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5236assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5237@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5238
5239For example, assembling
5240
5241@example
5242 .irpc param,123
5243 move d\param,sp@@-
5244 .endr
5245@end example
5246
5247is equivalent to assembling
5248
5249@example
5250 move d1,sp@@-
5251 move d2,sp@@-
5252 move d3,sp@@-
5253@end example
5254
5e75c3ab
JB
5255For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5256at @xref{Macro}.
5257
252b5132
RH
5258@node Lcomm
5259@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5260
5261@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5262@cindex local common symbols
5263@cindex symbols, local common
5264Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5265denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5266those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5267section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5268is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5269not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5270
5271@ifset GENERIC
5272Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5273argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5274@end ifset
5275
5276@ifset HPPA
5277The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5278@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5279@end ifset
5280
5281@node Lflags
5282@section @code{.lflags}
5283
5284@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5285@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5286assemblers, but ignores it.
5287
5288@ifclear no-line-dir
5289@node Line
5290@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5291
5292@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5293@cindex logical line number
5294@ifset aout-bout
5295Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5296expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5297statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5298reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5299@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5300for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5301@end ifset
5302
252b5132 5303Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5304@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5305when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5306were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5307@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5308
5309Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5310used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5311debugging.
5312@end ifclear
5313
5314@node Linkonce
5315@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5316@cindex COMDAT
5317@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5318@cindex common sections
5319Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5320This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5321but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5322The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5323Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5324unique.
5325
5326This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5327writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5328Executable format used on Windows NT.
5329
5330The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5331following strings. For example:
5332@smallexample
5333.linkonce same_size
5334@end smallexample
5335Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5336
5337@table @code
5338@item discard
5339Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5340
5341@item one_only
5342Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5343
5344@item same_size
5345Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5346
5347@item same_contents
5348Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5349@end table
5350
ccf8a69b
BW
5351@node List
5352@section @code{.list}
5353
5354@cindex @code{list} directive
5355@cindex listing control, turning on
5356Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5357not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5358internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5359counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5360generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5361
5362By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5363@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5364the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5365
252b5132
RH
5366@node Ln
5367@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5368
5369@cindex @code{ln} directive
5370@ifclear no-line-dir
5371@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5372@end ifclear
5373@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5374Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5375must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5376line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5377statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5378line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5379@ifset BOUT
5380
a4fb0134 5381This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5382configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5383output format.
5384@end ifset
5385@end ifset
5386
ccf8a69b
BW
5387@node Loc
5388@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5389@cindex @code{loc} directive
5390When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5391the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5392number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5393instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5394arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5395the row is added.
252b5132 5396
ccf8a69b
BW
5397The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5398
5399@table @code
5400@item basic_block
5401This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5402@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5403
5404@item prologue_end
5405This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5406@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5407
5408@item epilogue_begin
5409This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5410@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5411
5412@item is_stmt @var{value}
5413This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5414@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5415either 0 or 1.
5416
5417@item isa @var{value}
5418This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5419state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5420
92846e72
CC
5421@item discriminator @var{value}
5422This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5423state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5424
ccf8a69b
BW
5425@end table
5426
5427@node Loc_mark_labels
5428@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5429@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5430When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5431the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5432to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5433register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5434The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5435this function respectively.
252b5132 5436
4d4175af
BW
5437@ifset ELF
5438@node Local
5439@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5440
5441@cindex @code{local} directive
5442This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5443the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5444will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5445they will be created.
5446
5447For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5448accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5449the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5450(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5451@end ifset
5452
252b5132
RH
5453@node Long
5454@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5455
5456@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5457@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5458
5459@ignore
5460@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5461@c what it really ought to do
5462@node Lsym
5463@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5464
5465@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5466@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5467@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5468the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5469rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5470the same as the expression value:
5471@smallexample
5472@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5473@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5474@var{value} = @var{expression}
5475@end smallexample
5476@noindent
5477The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5478@end ignore
5479
5480@node Macro
5481@section @code{.macro}
5482
5483@cindex macros
5484The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5485generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5486@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5487
5488@example
5489 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5490 .long \from
5491 .if \to-\from
5492 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5493 .endif
5494 .endm
5495@end example
5496
5497@noindent
5498With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5499
5500@example
5501 .long 0
5502 .long 1
5503 .long 2
5504 .long 3
5505 .long 4
5506 .long 5
5507@end example
5508
5509@ftable @code
5510@item .macro @var{macname}
5511@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5512@cindex @code{macro} directive
5513Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5514definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5515separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5516indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5517@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5518(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5519macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5520cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5521subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5522definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5523
5524@table @code
5525@item .macro comm
5526Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5527arguments.
5528
6258339f 5529@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5530@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5531Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5532which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5533@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5534
5535@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5536Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5537arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5538After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5539@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5540@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5541,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5542@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5543
6eaeac8a
JB
5544@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5545Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5546arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5547not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5548will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5549
252b5132
RH
5550When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5551position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5552@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5553
6258339f
NC
5554@end table
5555
5e75c3ab
JB
5556Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5557as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5558occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5559characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5560(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5561architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5562character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5563replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5564construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5565identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5566this macro definition:
5567
5568@example
5569 .macro label l
5570\l:
5571 .endm
5572@end example
5573
5574might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5575called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5576assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5577identifier.
5578
5579Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5580which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5581for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5582length specifier like this:
5583
5584@example
5585 .macro opcode base length
5586 \base.\length
5587 .endm
5588@end example
5589
5590and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5591instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5592interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5593
5594There are several possible ways around this problem:
5595
5596@table @code
5597@item Insert white space
5598If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5599solution. eg:
5600
5601@example
5602 .macro label l
5603\l :
5604 .endm
5605@end example
5606
5607@item Use @samp{\()}
5608The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5609the following text. eg:
5610
5611@example
5612 .macro opcode base length
5613 \base\().\length
5614 .endm
5615@end example
5616
5617@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5618In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5619used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5620
5621@example
5622 .altmacro
5623 .macro label l
5624l&:
5625 .endm
5626@end example
6258339f 5627@end table
5e75c3ab 5628
96e9638b 5629Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5630also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5631and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5632
252b5132
RH
5633@item .endm
5634@cindex @code{endm} directive
5635Mark the end of a macro definition.
5636
5637@item .exitm
5638@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5639Exit early from the current macro definition.
5640
5641@cindex number of macros executed
5642@cindex macros, count executed
5643@item \@@
a4fb0134 5644@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5645executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5646output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5647
252b5132
RH
5648@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5649@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5650macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5651@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5652@end ftable
252b5132 5653
ccf8a69b
BW
5654@node MRI
5655@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5656
ccf8a69b
BW
5657@cindex @code{mri} directive
5658@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5659If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5660@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5661affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5662of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5663
caa32fe5
NC
5664@node Noaltmacro
5665@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5666Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5667
252b5132
RH
5668@node Nolist
5669@section @code{.nolist}
5670
5671@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5672@cindex listing control, turning off
5673Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5674not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5675internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5676counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5677generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5678
5679@node Octa
5680@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5681
5682@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5683@cindex @code{octa} directive
5684@cindex integer, 16-byte
5685@cindex sixteen byte integer
5686This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5687bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5688
5689The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5690hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5691
9aec2026
NC
5692@node Offset
5693@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5694
5695@cindex @code{offset} directive
5696Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5697be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5698symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5699directive.
9aec2026 5700
252b5132
RH
5701@node Org
5702@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5703
5704@cindex @code{org} directive
5705@cindex location counter, advancing
5706@cindex advancing location counter
5707@cindex current address, advancing
5708Advance the location counter of the current section to
5709@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5710expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5711you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5712wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5713with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5714@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5715is the same as the current subsection.
5716
5717@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5718unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5719backwards.
5720
5721@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5722@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5723@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5724Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5725may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5726a chance to share your improved assembler.
5727
5728Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5729to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5730people's assemblers.
5731
5732When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5733intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5734absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5735@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5736
5737@node P2align
5738@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5739
5740@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5741@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5742Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5743storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5744number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5745advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5746counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5747multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5748
5749The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5750padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5751padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5752marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5753with no-op instructions.
5754
5755The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5756it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5757directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5758specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5759fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5760required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5761with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5762
5763@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5764@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5765The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5766@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5767pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5768fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
57692,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5770filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5771the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5772undefined.
5773
ccf8a69b
BW
5774@ifset ELF
5775@node PopSection
5776@section @code{.popsection}
5777
5778@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5779@cindex Section Stack
5780This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5781@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5782@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5783(@pxref{Previous}).
5784
5785This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5786section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5787stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5788@end ifset
5789
c91d2e08
NC
5790@ifset ELF
5791@node Previous
5792@section @code{.previous}
5793
c1253627 5794@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5795@cindex Section Stack
5796This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5797@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5798@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5799(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5800
5801This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5802referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5803@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5804subsections). For example:
5805
5806@smallexample
5807.section A
5808 .subsection 1
5809 .word 0x1234
5810 .subsection 2
5811 .word 0x5678
5812.previous
5813 .word 0x9abc
5814@end smallexample
5815
5816Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5817section A. Whilst:
5818
5819@smallexample
5820.section A
5821.subsection 1
5822 # Now in section A subsection 1
5823 .word 0x1234
5824.section B
5825.subsection 0
5826 # Now in section B subsection 0
5827 .word 0x5678
5828.subsection 1
5829 # Now in section B subsection 1
5830 .word 0x9abc
5831.previous
5832 # Now in section B subsection 0
5833 .word 0xdef0
5834@end smallexample
5835
5836Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5837section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5838
5839In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5840the top section on the section stack.
5841@end ifset
5842
252b5132
RH
5843@node Print
5844@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5845
5846@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5847@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5848assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5849
c91d2e08
NC
5850@ifset ELF
5851@node Protected
5852@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5853
c1253627
NC
5854@cindex @code{protected} directive
5855@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5856This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5857@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5858
5859This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5860their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5861@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5862components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5863component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5864this.
c91d2e08
NC
5865@end ifset
5866
252b5132
RH
5867@node Psize
5868@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5869
5870@cindex @code{psize} directive
5871@cindex listing control: paper size
5872@cindex paper size, for listings
5873Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5874number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5875
5876If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5877of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5878default width is 200 columns.
5879
a4fb0134 5880@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5881lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5882@code{.eject}).
5883
5884If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5885those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5886
5887@node Purgem
5888@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5889
5890@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5891Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5892expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5893
c91d2e08
NC
5894@ifset ELF
5895@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5896@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5897
c1253627 5898@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5899@cindex Section Stack
5900This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5901@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5902@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5903(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5904
e9863d7f
DJ
5905This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5906top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5907subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5908@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5909as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5910@end ifset
5911
252b5132
RH
5912@node Quad
5913@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5914
5915@cindex @code{quad} directive
5916@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5917each bignum, it emits
5918@ifclear bignum-16
5919an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5920warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5921@cindex eight-byte integer
5922@cindex integer, 8-byte
5923
5924The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5925hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5926@end ifclear
5927@ifset bignum-16
5928a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5929warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5930@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5931@cindex integer, 16-byte
5932@end ifset
5933
05e9452c
AM
5934@node Reloc
5935@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5936
5937@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5938Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5939@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5940the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5941symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5942@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5943absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5944targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5945relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5946section.
5947
252b5132
RH
5948@node Rept
5949@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5950
5951@cindex @code{rept} directive
5952Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5953@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5954
5955For example, assembling
5956
5957@example
5958 .rept 3
5959 .long 0
5960 .endr
5961@end example
5962
5963is equivalent to assembling
5964
5965@example
5966 .long 0
5967 .long 0
5968 .long 0
5969@end example
5970
5971@node Sbttl
5972@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5973
5974@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5975@cindex subtitles for listings
5976@cindex listing control: subtitle
5977Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5978title line) when generating assembly listings.
5979
5980This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5981it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5982
5983@ifset COFF
5984@node Scl
5985@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5986
5987@cindex @code{scl} directive
5988@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5989@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5990Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5991used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5992whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5993symbolic debugging information.
5994@ifset BOUT
5995
5996The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5997configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5998accepts this directive but ignores it.
5999@end ifset
6000@end ifset
6001
c1253627 6002@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6003@node Section
c1253627 6004@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6005
252b5132
RH
6006@cindex named section
6007Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6008named @var{name}.
6009
6010This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6011named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6012with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6013
c1253627
NC
6014@ifset COFF
6015@ifset ELF
6016@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6017@subheading COFF Version
6018@end ifset
6019
6020@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6021For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6022ways:
c91d2e08 6023
252b5132
RH
6024@smallexample
6025.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6026.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6027@end smallexample
6028
6029If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6030section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6031@table @code
6032@item b
6033bss section (uninitialized data)
6034@item n
6035section is not loaded
6036@item w
6037writable section
6038@item d
6039data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6040@item e
6041exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6042@item r
6043read-only section
6044@item x
6045executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6046@item s
6047shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6048@item a
6049ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6050@item y
6051section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6052@item 0-9
6053single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6054@end table
6055
6056If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6057the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6058loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6059from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6060will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6061
6062If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6063taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6064@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6065
6066@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6067@ifset COFF
6068@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6069@subheading ELF Version
6070@end ifset
6071
c91d2e08
NC
6072@cindex Section Stack
6073This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6074@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6075(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6076@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6077
c1253627 6078@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6079For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6080
252b5132 6081@smallexample
7047dd1e 6082.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6083@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6084
252b5132 6085The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6086combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6087@table @code
6088@item a
6089section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6090@item e
6091section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6092@item w
6093section is writable
6094@item x
6095section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6096@item M
6097section is mergeable
6098@item S
6099section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6100@item G
6101section is a member of a section group
6102@item T
6103section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6104@item ?
6105section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6106@end table
6107
6108The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6109@table @code
6110@item @@progbits
6111section contains data
6112@item @@nobits
6113section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6114@item @@note
6115section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6116@item @@init_array
6117section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6118@item @@fini_array
6119section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6120@item @@preinit_array
6121section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6122@end table
6123
10b016c2
PB
6124Many targets only support the first three section types.
6125
ececec60
NC
6126Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6127ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6128@code{%} character.
6129
22fe14ad 6130If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6131be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6132
6133@smallexample
6134.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6135@end smallexample
6136
6137Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6138constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6139@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6140@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6141the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6142absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6143which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6144@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6145@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6146
6147If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6148be present along with an additional field like this:
6149
6150@smallexample
6151.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6152@end smallexample
6153
6154The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6155particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6156@table @code
6157@item comdat
6158indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6159@item .gnu.linkonce
6160an alias for comdat
6161@end table
6162
96e9638b 6163Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6164the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6165
6166@smallexample
6167.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6168@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6169
01642c12
RM
6170If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6171@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6172present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6173this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6174@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6175If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6176
252b5132
RH
6177If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6178the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6179none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6180executable. The section will contain data.
6181
6182For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6183directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6184
252b5132
RH
6185@smallexample
6186.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6187@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6188
252b5132
RH
6189Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6190separated flags:
6191@table @code
6192@item #alloc
6193section is allocatable
6194@item #write
6195section is writable
6196@item #execinstr
6197section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6198@item #exclude
6199section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6200@item #tls
6201section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6202@end table
c91d2e08 6203
e9863d7f
DJ
6204This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6205contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6206some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6207work.
c1253627
NC
6208@end ifset
6209@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6210
6211@node Set
6212@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6213
6214@cindex @code{set} directive
6215@cindex symbol value, setting
6216Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6217changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6218@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6219flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6220
6221You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6222
6223If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6224file is the last value stored into it.
6225
3c9b82ba
NC
6226@ifset Z80
6227On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6228@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6229@end ifset
6230
252b5132
RH
6231@node Short
6232@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6233
6234@cindex @code{short} directive
6235@ifset GENERIC
6236@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6237@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6238
6239In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6240numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6241@end ifset
6242@ifclear GENERIC
6243@ifset W16
6244@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6245@end ifset
6246@ifset W32
6247This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6248a 16 bit number for each.
6249@end ifset
6250@end ifclear
6251
6252@node Single
6253@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6254
6255@cindex @code{single} directive
6256@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6257This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6258has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6259@ifset GENERIC
6260The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6261@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6262@end ifset
6263@ifclear GENERIC
6264@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6265On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6266numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6267@end ifset
6268@end ifclear
6269
c1253627 6270@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6271@node Size
c1253627 6272@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6273
c1253627
NC
6274This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6275
6276@ifset COFF
6277@ifset ELF
6278@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6279@subheading COFF Version
6280@end ifset
6281
6282@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6283For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6284@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6285
6286@smallexample
6287.size @var{expression}
6288@end smallexample
252b5132 6289
c91d2e08 6290@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6291@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6292@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6293ignores it.
6294@end ifset
c1253627 6295@end ifset
c91d2e08 6296
c1253627
NC
6297@ifset ELF
6298@ifset COFF
6299@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6300@subheading ELF Version
6301@end ifset
6302
6303@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6304For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6305
c1253627
NC
6306@smallexample
6307.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6308@end smallexample
6309
6310This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6311The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6312arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6313symbols.
c1253627
NC
6314@end ifset
6315@end ifset
252b5132 6316
252b5132
RH
6317@ifclear no-space-dir
6318@node Skip
6319@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6320
6321@cindex @code{skip} directive
6322@cindex filling memory
6323This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6324@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6325@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6326@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6327@end ifclear
252b5132 6328
ccf8a69b
BW
6329@node Sleb128
6330@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6331
6332@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6333@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6334compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6335symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6336
884f0d36 6337@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6338@node Space
6339@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6340
6341@cindex @code{space} directive
6342@cindex filling memory
6343This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6344@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6345and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6346as @samp{.skip}.
6347
6348@ifset HPPA
6349@quotation
6350@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6351targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6352Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6353@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6354for a summary.
6355@end quotation
6356@end ifset
6357@end ifclear
6358
252b5132
RH
6359@ifset have-stabs
6360@node Stab
6361@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6362
6363@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6364@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6365There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6366All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6367The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6368cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6369Up to five fields are required:
6370
6371@table @var
6372@item string
6373This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6374@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6375debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6376using this field.
6377
6378@item type
6379An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6380this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6381and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6382
6383@item other
6384An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6385low 8 bits of this expression.
6386
6387@item desc
6388An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6389bits of this expression.
6390
6391@item value
6392An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6393@end table
6394
6395If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6396or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6397you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6398compatible with earlier assemblers!
6399
6400@table @code
6401@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6402@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6403
6404The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6405It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6406null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6407strings.
6408
6409The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6410relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6411is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6412assembled.
6413
6414@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6415@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6416The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6417
6418@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6419@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6420All five fields are specified.
6421@end table
6422@end ifset
6423@c end have-stabs
6424
6425@node String
38a57ae7 6426@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6427"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6428
6429@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6430@cindex string8, copying to object file
6431@cindex string16, copying to object file
6432@cindex string32, copying to object file
6433@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6434@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6435@cindex @code{string8} directive
6436@cindex @code{string16} directive
6437@cindex @code{string32} directive
6438@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6439
6440Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6441one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6442particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6443You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6444
01642c12 6445The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6446the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6447copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6448are stored in target endianness byte order.
6449
6450Example:
6451@smallexample
6452 .string32 "BYE"
6453expands to:
6454 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6455 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6456@end smallexample
6457
6458
252b5132
RH
6459@node Struct
6460@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6461
6462@cindex @code{struct} directive
6463Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6464which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6465@smallexample
6466 .struct 0
6467field1:
6468 .struct field1 + 4
6469field2:
6470 .struct field2 + 4
6471field3:
6472@end smallexample
6473This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6474@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6475value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6476use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6477before further assembly.
6478
c91d2e08
NC
6479@ifset ELF
6480@node SubSection
6481@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6482
c1253627 6483@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6484@cindex Section Stack
6485This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6486@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6487@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6488(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6489
6490This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6491section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6492in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6493@end ifset
6494
252b5132
RH
6495@ifset ELF
6496@node Symver
6497@section @code{.symver}
6498@cindex @code{symver} directive
6499@cindex symbol versioning
6500@cindex versions of symbols
6501Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6502within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6503typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6504There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6505into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6506shared library.
6507
79082ff0 6508For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6509@smallexample
6510.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6511@end smallexample
339681c0 6512If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6513being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6514alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6515just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6516permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6517of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6518itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6519have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6520file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6521function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6522the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6523building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6524symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6525nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6526
6527If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6528references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6529reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6530symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6531
6532Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6533@smallexample
6534.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6535@end smallexample
6536In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6537the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6538difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6539references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6540
6541The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6542@smallexample
6543.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6544@end smallexample
6545When @var{name} is not defined within the
6546file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6547@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6548name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6549@end ifset
6550
6551@ifset COFF
6552@node Tag
6553@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6554
6555@cindex COFF structure debugging
6556@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6557@cindex @code{tag} directive
6558This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6559information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6560@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6561definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6562@ifset BOUT
6563
6564@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6565@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6566ignores it.
6567@end ifset
6568@end ifset
6569
6570@node Text
6571@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6572
6573@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6574Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6575the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6576expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6577is used.
6578
6579@node Title
6580@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6581
6582@cindex @code{title} directive
6583@cindex listing control: title line
6584Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6585source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6586
6587This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6588it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6589
c1253627 6590@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6591@node Type
c1253627
NC
6592@section @code{.type}
6593
6594This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6595
6596@ifset COFF
6597@ifset ELF
6598@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6599@subheading COFF Version
6600@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6601
6602@cindex COFF symbol type
6603@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6604@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6605For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6606@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6607
6608@smallexample
6609.type @var{int}
6610@end smallexample
6611
6612This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6613entry.
252b5132 6614
c91d2e08 6615@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6616@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6617@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6618directive but ignores it.
6619@end ifset
c1253627 6620@end ifset
c91d2e08 6621
c1253627
NC
6622@ifset ELF
6623@ifset COFF
6624@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6625@subheading ELF Version
6626@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6627
6628@cindex ELF symbol type
6629@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6630@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6631For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6632
6633@smallexample
6634.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6635@end smallexample
6636
6637This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6638function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6639supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6640compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6641
6642Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6643@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6644below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6645the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6646maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6647assemblers.
6648
6649The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6650
6651@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6652 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6653 .type <name>,#<type>
6654 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6655 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6656 .type <name>,"<type>"
6657@end smallexample
6658
6659The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6660
5671778d
NC
6661@table @gcctabopt
6662@item STT_FUNC
6663@itemx function
6664Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6665
d8045f23
NC
6666@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6667@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6668Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6669processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6670
5671778d
NC
6671@item STT_OBJECT
6672@itemx object
6673Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6674
6675@item STT_TLS
6676@itemx tls_object
6677Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6678
6679@item STT_COMMON
6680@itemx common
6681Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6682
6683@item STT_NOTYPE
6684@itemx notype
6685Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6686
3e7a7d11
NC
6687@item gnu_unique_object
6688Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6689will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6690name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6691systems).
3e7a7d11 6692
5671778d
NC
6693@end table
6694
6695Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6696
c1253627
NC
6697@end ifset
6698@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6699
6700@node Uleb128
6701@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6702
6703@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6704@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6705compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6706symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6707
6708@ifset COFF
6709@node Val
6710@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6711
6712@cindex @code{val} directive
6713@cindex COFF value attribute
6714@cindex value attribute, COFF
6715This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6716records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6717entry.
6718@ifset BOUT
6719
a4fb0134 6720@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6721configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6722@end ifset
6723@end ifset
6724
2e13b764 6725@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6726@node Version
6727@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6728
c1253627 6729@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6730This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6731formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6732@end ifset
2e13b764 6733
c91d2e08
NC
6734@ifset ELF
6735@node VTableEntry
6736@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6737
653cfe85 6738@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6739This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6740@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6741
c91d2e08
NC
6742@node VTableInherit
6743@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6744
653cfe85 6745@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6746This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6747@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6748parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6749parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6750@end ifset
2e13b764 6751
d190d046
HPN
6752@node Warning
6753@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6754@cindex warning directive
6755Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6756(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6757
c91d2e08
NC
6758@node Weak
6759@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6760
c1253627 6761@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6762This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6763@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6764
01642c12 6765On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6766directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6767@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6768
977cdf5a 6769On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6770When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6771alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6772
06e77878
AO
6773@node Weakref
6774@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6775
6776@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6777This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6778be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6779If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6780will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6781symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6782
6783The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6784assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6785symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6786resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6787had the references to the alias removed.
6788
6789The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6790within the assembler.
6791
252b5132
RH
6792@node Word
6793@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6794
6795@cindex @code{word} directive
6796This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6797separated by commas.
6798@ifclear GENERIC
6799@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6800For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6801@end ifset
6802@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6803For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6804@end ifset
6805@end ifclear
6806@ifset GENERIC
6807
6808The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6809depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6810@end ifset
6811
6812@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6813@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6814@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6815@cindex difference tables altered
6816@cindex altered difference tables
6817@quotation
6818@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6819@end quotation
6820
6821@ifset GENERIC
6822Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6823addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6824interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6825@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6826
6827@end ifset
6828In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6829@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6830Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6831compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6832directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6833@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6834creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6835This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6836first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6837of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6838table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6839contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6840@code{sym2}.
6841
6842If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6843secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6844@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6845long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6846and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6847minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6848entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6849
6850@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6851@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6852@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6853assembly language programmers.
6854@end ifset
6855@end ifset
6856@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6857
6858@node Deprecated
6859@section Deprecated Directives
6860
6861@cindex deprecated directives
6862@cindex obsolescent directives
6863One day these directives won't work.
6864They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6865@table @t
6866@item .abort
6867@item .line
6868@end table
6869
3a99f02f
DJ
6870@ifset ELF
6871@node Object Attributes
6872@chapter Object Attributes
6873@cindex object attributes
6874
6875@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6876into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6877Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6878point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6879requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6880passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6881hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6882generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6883newer generation at run-time.
6884
6885This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6886@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6887time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6888correctly.
6889
6890Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6891attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6892string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6893and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6894or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6895attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6896
6897Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6898The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6899
6900@menu
6901* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6902* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6903@end menu
6904
6905@node GNU Object Attributes
6906@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6907
6908The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6909with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6910
6911Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6912its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6913an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
69142} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6915architecture-dependent ones.
6916
6917@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6918
6919These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6920
6921@table @r
6922@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6923The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6924the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6925then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6926than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6927arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6928@end table
6929
6930@subsection MIPS Attributes
6931
6932@table @r
6933@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6934The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6935
6936@itemize @bullet
6937@item
69380 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6939@item
69401 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6941FPU.
6942@item
69432 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6944@item
69453 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6946@item
69474 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6948double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6949purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6950@end itemize
6951@end table
6952
6953@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6954
6955@table @r
6956@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6957The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6958
6959@itemize @bullet
6960@item
69610 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6962@item
3c7b9897 69631 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6964@item
69652 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6966@item
69673 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6968@end itemize
6969
6970@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6971The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6972
6973@itemize @bullet
6974@item
69750 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6976@item
69771 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6978@item
69792 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6980@item
69813 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6982@end itemize
6983@end table
6984
6985@node Defining New Object Attributes
6986@section Defining New Object Attributes
6987
6988If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6989will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6990mailing list.
6991
6992@itemize @bullet
6993@item
6994This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6995@item
6996The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6997@item
6998The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6999and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7000@item
7001Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7002@item
7003@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7004@item
7005GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7006@end itemize
7007
7008@end ifset
7009
252b5132
RH
7010@ifset GENERIC
7011@node Machine Dependencies
7012@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7013
7014@cindex machine dependencies
7015The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7016each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7017vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7018directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7019assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7020@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7021optimization.
7022
7023This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7024include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7025subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7026
7027@menu
a06ea964
NC
7028@ifset AARCH64
7029* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7030@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7031@ifset ALPHA
7032* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7033@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7034@ifset ARC
7035* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7036@end ifset
7037@ifset ARM
7038* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7039@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7040@ifset AVR
7041* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7042@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7043@ifset Blackfin
7044* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7045@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7046@ifset CR16
7047* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7048@end ifset
8bf549a8 7049@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7050* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7051@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7052@ifset D10V
7053* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7054@end ifset
7055@ifset D30V
7056* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7057@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7058@ifset EPIPHANY
7059* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7060@end ifset
252b5132 7061@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7062* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7063@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7064@ifset HPPA
7065* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7066@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7067@ifset I370
7068* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7069@end ifset
252b5132 7070@ifset I80386
55b62671 7071* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7072@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7073@ifset I860
7074* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7075@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7076@ifset I960
7077* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7078@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7079@ifset IA64
7080* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7081@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7082@ifset IP2K
7083* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7084@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7085@ifset LM32
7086* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7087@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7088@ifset M32C
7089* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7090@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7091@ifset M32R
7092* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7093@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7094@ifset M680X0
7095* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7096@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7097@ifset M68HC11
7098* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7099@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7100@ifset METAG
7101* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7102@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7103@ifset MICROBLAZE
7104* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7105@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7106@ifset MIPS
7107* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7108@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7109@ifset MMIX
7110* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7111@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7112@ifset MSP430
7113* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7114@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7115@ifset NIOSII
7116* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7117@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7118@ifset NS32K
7119* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7120@end ifset
252b5132 7121@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
7122* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7123* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7124@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7125@ifset PDP11
7126* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7127@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7128@ifset PJ
7129* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7130@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7131@ifset PPC
7132* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7133@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7134@ifset RL78
7135* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7136@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7137@ifset RX
7138* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7139@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7140@ifset S390
7141* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7142@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7143@ifset SCORE
7144* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7145@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7146@ifset SPARC
7147* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7148@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7149@ifset TIC54X
7150* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7151@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7152@ifset TIC6X
7153* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7154@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7155@ifset TILEGX
7156* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7157@end ifset
7158@ifset TILEPRO
7159* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7160@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7161@ifset V850
7162* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7163@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7164@ifset XGATE
7165* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7166@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7167@ifset XSTORMY16
7168* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7169@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7170@ifset XTENSA
7171* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7172@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7173@ifset Z80
7174* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7175@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7176@ifset Z8000
7177* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7178@end ifset
7179@ifset VAX
7180* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7181@end ifset
7182@end menu
7183
7184@lowersections
7185@end ifset
7186
7187@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7188@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7189@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7190@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7191@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7192@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7193@c in both conditional blocks.
7194
a06ea964
NC
7195@ifset AARCH64
7196@include c-aarch64.texi
7197@end ifset
7198
625e1353
RH
7199@ifset ALPHA
7200@include c-alpha.texi
7201@end ifset
7202
7203@ifset ARC
7204@include c-arc.texi
7205@end ifset
7206
252b5132
RH
7207@ifset ARM
7208@include c-arm.texi
7209@end ifset
7210
8473f7a4
DC
7211@ifset AVR
7212@include c-avr.texi
7213@end ifset
7214
3b4e1885 7215@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7216@include c-bfin.texi
7217@end ifset
7218
3d3d428f
NC
7219@ifset CR16
7220@include c-cr16.texi
7221@end ifset
7222
328eb32e
HPN
7223@ifset CRIS
7224@include c-cris.texi
7225@end ifset
7226
c2dcd04e 7227@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7228@ifclear GENERIC
7229@node Machine Dependencies
7230@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7231
c2dcd04e 7232The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7233and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7234chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7235family.
7236
7237@menu
c2dcd04e 7238* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7239* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7240@end menu
7241@lowersections
7242@end ifclear
7243@end ifset
7244
7245@ifset D10V
7246@include c-d10v.texi
7247@end ifset
7248
7249@ifset D30V
7250@include c-d30v.texi
7251@end ifset
7252
cfb8c092
NC
7253@ifset EPIPHANY
7254@include c-epiphany.texi
7255@end ifset
7256
252b5132
RH
7257@ifset H8/300
7258@include c-h8300.texi
7259@end ifset
7260
252b5132
RH
7261@ifset HPPA
7262@include c-hppa.texi
7263@end ifset
7264
5b93d8bb
AM
7265@ifset I370
7266@include c-i370.texi
7267@end ifset
7268
252b5132
RH
7269@ifset I80386
7270@include c-i386.texi
7271@end ifset
7272
e3308d0d
JE
7273@ifset I860
7274@include c-i860.texi
7275@end ifset
7276
252b5132
RH
7277@ifset I960
7278@include c-i960.texi
7279@end ifset
7280
9e32ca89
NC
7281@ifset IA64
7282@include c-ia64.texi
7283@end ifset
7284
a40cbfa3
NC
7285@ifset IP2K
7286@include c-ip2k.texi
7287@end ifset
7288
84e94c90
NC
7289@ifset LM32
7290@include c-lm32.texi
7291@end ifset
7292
49f58d10
JB
7293@ifset M32C
7294@include c-m32c.texi
7295@end ifset
7296
ec694b89
NC
7297@ifset M32R
7298@include c-m32r.texi
7299@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7300
7301@ifset M680X0
7302@include c-m68k.texi
7303@end ifset
7304
60bcf0fa
NC
7305@ifset M68HC11
7306@include c-m68hc11.texi
7307@end ifset
7308
a3c62988
NC
7309@ifset METAG
7310@include c-metag.texi
7311@end ifset
7312
01642c12 7313@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7314@include c-microblaze.texi
7315@end ifset
7316
252b5132
RH
7317@ifset MIPS
7318@include c-mips.texi
7319@end ifset
7320
3c3bdf30
NC
7321@ifset MMIX
7322@include c-mmix.texi
7323@end ifset
7324
2469cfa2
NC
7325@ifset MSP430
7326@include c-msp430.texi
7327@end ifset
7328
36591ba1
SL
7329@ifset NIOSII
7330@include c-nios2.texi
7331@end ifset
7332
252b5132
RH
7333@ifset NS32K
7334@include c-ns32k.texi
7335@end ifset
7336
e135f41b
NC
7337@ifset PDP11
7338@include c-pdp11.texi
7339@end ifset
7340
041dd5a9
ILT
7341@ifset PJ
7342@include c-pj.texi
7343@end ifset
7344
418c1742
MG
7345@ifset PPC
7346@include c-ppc.texi
7347@end ifset
7348
99c513f6
DD
7349@ifset RL78
7350@include c-rl78.texi
7351@end ifset
7352
046d31c2
NC
7353@ifset RX
7354@include c-rx.texi
7355@end ifset
7356
11c19e16
MS
7357@ifset S390
7358@include c-s390.texi
7359@end ifset
7360
c0157db4
NC
7361@ifset SCORE
7362@include c-score.texi
7363@end ifset
7364
252b5132
RH
7365@ifset SH
7366@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7367@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7368@end ifset
7369
7370@ifset SPARC
7371@include c-sparc.texi
7372@end ifset
7373
39bec121
TW
7374@ifset TIC54X
7375@include c-tic54x.texi
7376@end ifset
7377
40b36596
JM
7378@ifset TIC6X
7379@include c-tic6x.texi
7380@end ifset
7381
aa137e4d
NC
7382@ifset TILEGX
7383@include c-tilegx.texi
7384@end ifset
7385
7386@ifset TILEPRO
7387@include c-tilepro.texi
7388@end ifset
7389
3c9b82ba
NC
7390@ifset Z80
7391@include c-z80.texi
7392@end ifset
7393
252b5132
RH
7394@ifset Z8000
7395@include c-z8k.texi
7396@end ifset
7397
7398@ifset VAX
7399@include c-vax.texi
7400@end ifset
7401
7402@ifset V850
7403@include c-v850.texi
7404@end ifset
7405
f6c1a2d5
NC
7406@ifset XGATE
7407@include c-xgate.texi
7408@end ifset
7409
6753e72f
NC
7410@ifset XSTORMY16
7411@include c-xstormy16.texi
7412@end ifset
7413
e0001a05
NC
7414@ifset XTENSA
7415@include c-xtensa.texi
7416@end ifset
7417
252b5132
RH
7418@ifset GENERIC
7419@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7420@raisesections
7421@end ifset
7422
7423@node Reporting Bugs
7424@chapter Reporting Bugs
7425@cindex bugs in assembler
7426@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7427
a4fb0134 7428Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7429
7430Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7431not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7432entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7433Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7434
7435In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7436information that enables us to fix the bug.
7437
7438@menu
7439* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7440* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7441@end menu
7442
7443@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7444@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7445@cindex bug criteria
7446
7447If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7448
7449@itemize @bullet
7450@cindex fatal signal
7451@cindex assembler crash
7452@cindex crash of assembler
7453@item
7454If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7455@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7456
7457@cindex error on valid input
7458@item
a4fb0134 7459If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7460
7461@cindex invalid input
7462@item
a4fb0134 7463If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7464is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7465be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7466
7467@item
7468If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7469of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7470@end itemize
7471
7472@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7473@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7474@cindex bug reports
7475@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7476
7477A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7478you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7479contact that organization first.
7480
7481You can find contact information for many support companies and
7482individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7483distribution.
7484
ad22bfe8 7485@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7486In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7487to @value{BUGURL}.
7488@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7489
7490The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7491@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7492fact or leave it out, state it!
7493
7494Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7495and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7496name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7497not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7498happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7499perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7500the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7501give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7502and the most helpful.
7503
7504Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7505it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7506that the bug has not been reported previously.
7507
7508Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7509bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7510respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7511You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7512
7513To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7514
7515@itemize @bullet
7516@item
a4fb0134 7517The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7518it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7519
7520Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7521the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7522
7523@item
a4fb0134 7524Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7525
7526@item
7527The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7528version number.
7529
7530@item
a4fb0134 7531What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7532``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7533
7534@item
7535The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7536observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7537all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7538
7539If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7540and then we might not encounter the bug.
7541
7542@item
7543A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7544the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7545high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7546when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7547the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7548file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7549@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7550
7551@item
7552A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7553incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7554
a4fb0134 7555Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7556will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7557notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7558make a mistake.
7559
7560Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7561explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7562@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7563library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7564would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7565would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7566expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7567observations.
7568
7569@item
a4fb0134 7570If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7571diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7572option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7573discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7574by line number.
7575
7576The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7577sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7578@end itemize
7579
7580Here are some things that are not necessary:
7581
7582@itemize @bullet
7583@item
7584A description of the envelope of the bug.
7585
7586Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7587which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7588changes will not affect it.
7589
7590This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7591will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7592with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7593We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7594
7595Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7596of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7597output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7598less time, and so on.
7599
7600However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7601report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7602
7603@item
7604A patch for the bug.
7605
7606A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7607the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7608a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7609to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7610
a4fb0134 7611Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7612construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7613the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7614one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7615
7616And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7617patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7618help us to understand.
7619
7620@item
7621A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7622
7623Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7624things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7625@end itemize
7626
7627@node Acknowledgements
7628@chapter Acknowledgements
7629
653cfe85 7630If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7631it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7632maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7633@c (October 2012),
7634the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7635
7636Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7637more details?}
7638
7639Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7640information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7641extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7642
7643K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7644many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7645up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7646testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7647including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7648and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7649support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7650port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7651file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7652assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7653
7654Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7655in format-specific I/O modules.
7656
7657The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7658has done much work with it since.
7659
7660The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7661
7662Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7663
7664The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7665University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7666
7667Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7668(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7669(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7670support a.out format.
7671
7be1c489
AM
7672Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7673tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7674Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7675use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7676targets.
7677
7678John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7679simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7680updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7681fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7682remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7683cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7684required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7685
7686Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
768768k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7688added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7689PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7690
653cfe85 7691Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7692
7693Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7694
7695Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7696along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7697formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7698the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7699
7700Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7701Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7702Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7703Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7704and some initial 64-bit support).
7705
c1253627 7706Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7707
252b5132
RH
7708Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7709support for openVMS/Alpha.
7710
39bec121
TW
7711Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7712flavors.
7713
e0001a05 7714David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7715Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7716
252b5132
RH
7717Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7718configuration enhancements.
7719
84e94c90
NC
7720Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7721
252b5132
RH
7722Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7723you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7724want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7725intentionally leaving anyone out.
7726
793c5807
NC
7727@node GNU Free Documentation License
7728@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7729@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7730
370b66a1
CD
7731@node AS Index
7732@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7733
7734@printindex cp
7735
252b5132
RH
7736@bye
7737@c Local Variables:
7738@c fill-column: 79
7739@c End: